d/freebsd-nq
1
0
Fork 0
Code Issues Pull Requests Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity
493f0f1709
freebsd-nq/sys/net/if.c

3223 lines
75 KiB
C
Raw Normal View History

/* -> /*- for license, minor formatting changes
2005-01-07 01:45:51 +00:00
/*-
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
* Copyright (c) 1980, 1986, 1993
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
*
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
* are met:
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
* without specific prior written permission.
*
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
* SUCH DAMAGE.
*
Revision 1.13 corresponded to CSRG revision 8.4. Revision 1.59 corresponded to CSRG revision 8.5.
2001-10-17 10:41:00 +00:00
* @(#)if.c 8.5 (Berkeley) 1/9/95
$Id$ -> $FreeBSD$
1999-08-28 01:08:13 +00:00
* $FreeBSD$
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
Make COMPAT_43 and COMPAT_SUNOS new-style options.
1997-12-16 17:40:42 +00:00
#include "opt_compat.h"
udp IPv6 support, IPv6/IPv4 tunneling support in kernel, packet divert at kernel for IPv6/IPv4 translater daemon This includes queue related patch submitted by jburkhol@home.com. Submitted by: queue related patch from jburkhol@home.com Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-12-07 17:39:16 +00:00
#include "opt_inet6.h"
Prevent kernel panic at ifconfig up after Note PC resume. Submitted by: imp, kuriyama Reviewed by: imp
1999-12-30 18:29:55 +00:00
#include "opt_inet.h"
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing. Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride. FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier. Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
#include "opt_carp.h"
Make COMPAT_43 and COMPAT_SUNOS new-style options.
1997-12-16 17:40:42 +00:00
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/param.h>
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
#include <sys/types.h>
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
#include <sys/conf.h>
Added used #include - don't depend on <sys/mbuf.h> including <sys/malloc.h> (unless we only use the bogusly shared M*WAIT flags).
1997-09-02 01:19:47 +00:00
#include <sys/malloc.h>
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
#include <sys/sbuf.h>
Fix the ``WARNING: Driver mistake: repeat make_dev'', caused by using the wrong index variable within a loop. I have no idea how this managed to work on my test box. Spotted by: fenner
2001-10-11 18:39:05 +00:00
#include <sys/bus.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/mbuf.h>
#include <sys/systm.h>
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
#include <sys/priv.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <sys/proc.h>
#include <sys/socket.h>
#include <sys/socketvar.h>
#include <sys/protosw.h>
#include <sys/kernel.h>
Add rwlock.h (and lock.h for that) to keep no-INET kernels compiling after RADIX_NODE_HEAD_{,UN}LOCK() were added. Must have been "learned" by pollution before (most likely: route.h -> radix.h -> rwlock.h)
2008-12-09 20:05:58 +00:00
#include <sys/lock.h>
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
#include <sys/refcount.h>
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
#include <sys/module.h>
Add rwlock.h (and lock.h for that) to keep no-INET kernels compiling after RADIX_NODE_HEAD_{,UN}LOCK() were added. Must have been "learned" by pollution before (most likely: route.h -> radix.h -> rwlock.h)
2008-12-09 20:05:58 +00:00
#include <sys/rwlock.h>
Don't include <sys/ioctl.h> in the kernel. Stage 2: include <sys/sockio.h> instead of <sys/ioctl.h> in network files.
1997-03-24 11:33:46 +00:00
#include <sys/sockio.h>
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
#include <sys/syslog.h>
in_proto.c: spell ``Internet'' right and put whitespace after commas. others: start to populate the link-layer branch of the net mib, by moving ARP to its proper place. (ARP is not a protocol family, it's an interface layer between a medium-access layer and a protocol family.) sysctl(8) needs to be taught about the structure of this branch, unless Poul-Henning implements dynamic MIB exploration soon.
1995-12-20 21:53:53 +00:00
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
Add a new network interface flag, IFF_NEEDSGIANT, which will allow device drivers to declare that the ifp->if_start() method implemented by the driver requires Giant in order to operate correctly. Add a 'struct task' to 'struct ifnet' that can be used to execute a deferred ifp->if_start() in the event that if_start needs to be called in a Giant-free environment. To do this, introduce if_start(), a wrapper function for ifp->if_start(). If the interface can run MPSAFE, it directly dispatches into the interface start routine. If it can't run MPSAFE, we're running with debug.mpsafenet != 0, and Giant isn't currently held, the task is queued to execute in a swi holding Giant via if_start_deferred(). Modify if_handoff() to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. Modify 802.11 to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. This is intended to provide increased compatibility for non-MPSAFE network device drivers in the presence of Giant-free operation via asynchronous dispatch. However, this commit does not mark any network interfaces as IFF_NEEDSGIANT.
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
#include <sys/taskqueue.h>
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
#include <sys/domain.h>
o Move per-process jail pointer (p->pr_prison) to inside of the subject credential structure, ucred (cr->cr_prison). o Allow jail inheritence to be a function of credential inheritence. o Abstract prison structure reference counting behind pr_hold() and pr_free(), invoked by the similarly named credential reference management functions, removing this code from per-ABI fork/exit code. o Modify various jail() functions to use struct ucred arguments instead of struct proc arguments. o Introduce jailed() function to determine if a credential is jailed, rather than directly checking pointers all over the place. o Convert PRISON_CHECK() macro to prison_check() function. o Move jail() function prototypes to jail.h. o Emulate the P_JAILED flag in fill_kinfo_proc() and no longer set the flag in the process flags field itself. o Eliminate that "const" qualifier from suser/p_can/etc to reflect mutex use. Notes: o Some further cleanup of the linux/jail code is still required. o It's now possible to consider resolving some of the process vs credential based permission checking confusion in the socket code. o Mutex protection of struct prison is still not present, and is required to protect the reference count plus some fields in the structure. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project
2001-02-21 06:39:57 +00:00
#include <sys/jail.h>
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
#include <sys/vimage.h>
Add a new helper function if_printf() modeled on device_printf(). The function takes a struct ifnet pointer followed by the usual printf arguments and prints "<interfacename>: " before the results of printf. Since this is the primary form of printf calls in network device drivers and accounts for most uses of the ifnet menber if_unit, this significantly simplifies many printf()s.
2002-09-24 17:35:08 +00:00
#include <machine/stdarg.h>
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
#include <vm/uma.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <net/if.h>
Include if_arp.h for IFP2AC so that the netgraph parts in if.c are happy even if compiled without INET or INET6. MFC after: 2 months
2008-11-06 15:26:09 +00:00
#include <net/if_arp.h>
Major overhaul of pseudo-interface cloning. Highlights include: - Split the code out into if_clone.[ch]. - Locked struct if_clone. [1] - Add a per-cloner match function rather then simply matching names of the form <name><unit> and <name>. - Use the match function to allow creation of <interface>.<tag> vlan interfaces. The old way is preserved unchanged! - Also the match function to allow creation of stf(4) interfaces named stf0, stf, or 6to4. This is the only major user visible change in that "ifconfig stf" creates the interface stf rather then stf0 and does not print "stf0" to stdout. - Allow destroy functions to fail so they can refuse to delete interfaces. Currently, we forbid the deletion of interfaces which were created in the init function, particularly lo0, pflog0, and pfsync0. In the case of lo0 this was a panic implementation so it does not count as a user visiable change. :-) - Since most interfaces do not need the new functionality, an family of wrapper functions, ifc_simple_*(), were created to wrap old style cloner functions. - The IF_CLONE_INITIALIZER macro is replaced with a new incompatible IFC_CLONE_INITIALIZER and ifc_simple consumers use IFC_SIMPLE_DECLARE instead. Submitted by: Maurycy Pawlowski-Wieronski <maurycy at fouk.org> [1] Reviewed by: andre, mlaier Discussed on: net
2004-06-22 20:13:25 +00:00
#include <net/if_clone.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#include <net/if_dl.h>
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
#include <net/if_types.h>
Add kernel infrastructure for network device cloning. Reviewed by: ru, ume Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
2001-07-02 20:49:25 +00:00
#include <net/if_var.h>
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
#include <net/radix.h>
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
#include <net/route.h>
Rather than using hidden includes (with cicular dependencies), directly include only the header files needed. This reduces the unneeded spamming of various headers into lots of files. For now, this leaves us with very few modules including vnet.h and thus needing to depend on opt_route.h. Reviewed by: brooks, gnn, des, zec, imp Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-02 21:37:28 +00:00
#include <net/vnet.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Prevent kernel panic at ifconfig up after Note PC resume. Submitted by: imp, kuriyama Reviewed by: imp
1999-12-30 18:29:55 +00:00
#if defined(INET) || defined(INET6)
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*XXX*/
#include <netinet/in.h>
Prevent kernel panic at ifconfig up after Note PC resume. Submitted by: imp, kuriyama Reviewed by: imp
1999-12-30 18:29:55 +00:00
#include <netinet/in_var.h>
Add workaround for fxp issue at interface initialization with IPv6. Some LAN card chip for fxp is known to cause problem at interface initialization with IPv6 enabled. It happens at some delicate timing. And also, just adding some DELAY before IPv6 address autoconfiguration is known to avoid the problem. Complete fix is changing the driver not to use interrupt at multicast filter initialization, but trying such change in this stage will be dangerous. So I add some DELAY() only inside #ifdef INET6 part, as temporal workaround only for 4.0. Approbed by: jkh Noticed by: Mattias Pantzare <pantzer@ludd.luth.se> Obtained from: openbsd-tech mailing list
2000-02-01 15:49:37 +00:00
#ifdef INET6
improve route/nd cache cleanup on interface removal. CAVEAT: haven't really tested it yet, please report
2000-07-16 01:46:42 +00:00
#include <netinet6/in6_var.h>
#include <netinet6/in6_ifattach.h>
Add workaround for fxp issue at interface initialization with IPv6. Some LAN card chip for fxp is known to cause problem at interface initialization with IPv6 enabled. It happens at some delicate timing. And also, just adding some DELAY before IPv6 address autoconfiguration is known to avoid the problem. Complete fix is changing the driver not to use interrupt at multicast filter initialization, but trying such change in this stage will be dangerous. So I add some DELAY() only inside #ifdef INET6 part, as temporal workaround only for 4.0. Approbed by: jkh Noticed by: Mattias Pantzare <pantzer@ludd.luth.se> Obtained from: openbsd-tech mailing list
2000-02-01 15:49:37 +00:00
#endif
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
#endif
Fix a warning by pulling prototype for arp_ifinit() into scope. Then fix cast the correct value into an incorrect value, which was not detected due to the missing prototype (but was harmless anyway).
2002-02-26 01:11:08 +00:00
#ifdef INET
#include <netinet/if_ether.h>
Rather than using hidden includes (with cicular dependencies), directly include only the header files needed. This reduces the unneeded spamming of various headers into lots of files. For now, this leaves us with very few modules including vnet.h and thus needing to depend on opt_route.h. Reviewed by: brooks, gnn, des, zec, imp Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-02 21:37:28 +00:00
#include <netinet/vinet.h>
Fix a warning by pulling prototype for arp_ifinit() into scope. Then fix cast the correct value into an incorrect value, which was not detected due to the missing prototype (but was harmless anyway).
2002-02-26 01:11:08 +00:00
#endif
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing. Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride. FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier. Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
#ifdef DEV_CARP
#include <netinet/ip_carp.h>
#endif
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
Complete break-out of sys/sys/mac.h into sys/security/mac/mac_framework.h begun with a repo-copy of mac.h to mac_framework.h. sys/mac.h now contains the userspace and user<->kernel API and definitions, with all in-kernel interfaces moved to mac_framework.h, which is now included across most of the kernel instead. This change is the first step in a larger cleanup and sweep of MAC Framework interfaces in the kernel, and will not be MFC'd. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: SPARTA
2006-10-22 11:52:19 +00:00
#include <security/mac/mac_framework.h>
Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-10 23:12:39 +00:00
#ifndef VIMAGE
#ifndef VIMAGE_GLOBALS
struct vnet_net vnet_net_0;
#endif
#endif
Only start the if_slowtimo timer (which drives the if_watchdog methods of network interfaces) if we have at least one interface with an if_watchdog routine. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-01-23 20:53:01 +00:00
static int slowtimo_started;
Add a sysctl net.link.log_link_state_change, which allows to suppress logging of interface link state changes. Requested by: sam, kan
2005-03-12 12:58:03 +00:00
SYSCTL_NODE(_net, PF_LINK, link, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Link layers");
SYSCTL_NODE(_net_link, 0, generic, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "Generic link-management");
/* Log link state change events */
static int log_link_state_change = 1;
SYSCTL_INT(_net_link, OID_AUTO, log_link_state_change, CTLFLAG_RW,
&log_link_state_change, 0,
"log interface link state change events");
Add hooks into the networking layer to support if_bridge. This changes struct ifnet so a buildworld is necessary. Approved by: mlaier (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
void (*bstp_linkstate_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state);
This change adds reliability for Ethernet trunks built with ng_one2many: - Introduce another ng_ether(4) callback ng_ether_link_state_p, which is called from if_link_state_change(), every time link is changed. - In ng_ether_link_state() send netgraph control message notifying of link state change to a node connected to "lower" hook. Reviewed by: sam MFC after: 2 weeks
2005-01-08 12:42:03 +00:00
void (*ng_ether_link_state_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state);
Rename the trunk(4) driver to lagg(4) as it is too similar to vlan trunking. The name trunk is misused as the networking term trunk means carrying multiple VLANs over a single connection. The IEEE standard for link aggregation (802.3 section 3) does not talk about 'trunk' at all while it is used throughout IEEE 802.1Q in describing vlans. The lagg(4) driver provides link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance. Discussed on: current@
2007-04-17 00:35:11 +00:00
void (*lagg_linkstate_p)(struct ifnet *ifp, int state);
This change adds reliability for Ethernet trunks built with ng_one2many: - Introduce another ng_ether(4) callback ng_ether_link_state_p, which is called from if_link_state_change(), every time link is changed. - In ng_ether_link_state() send netgraph control message notifying of link state change to a node connected to "lower" hook. Reviewed by: sam MFC after: 2 weeks
2005-01-08 12:42:03 +00:00
Transform tbr_dequeue into a function pointer in order to build drivers with ALTQ enabled versions of IFQ_* macros by default, as requested by serveral others. This is a follow-up to the quick fix I committed yesterday which turned off the ALTQ checks for non-ALTQ kernels.
2004-06-15 01:45:19 +00:00
struct mbuf *(*tbr_dequeue_ptr)(struct ifaltq *, int) = NULL;
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
/*
* XXX: Style; these should be sorted alphabetically, and unprototyped
* static functions should be prototyped. Currently they are sorted by
* declaration order.
*/
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
static void if_attachdomain(void *);
static void if_attachdomain1(struct ifnet *);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
static int ifconf(u_long, caddr_t);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
static void if_freemulti(struct ifmultiaddr *);
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
static void if_init(void *);
Only start the if_slowtimo timer (which drives the if_watchdog methods of network interfaces) if we have at least one interface with an if_watchdog routine. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-01-23 20:53:01 +00:00
static void if_check(void *);
Make if_(un)route static in if.c as they are called from if_up/if_down only. This is also cleanup to make locking easier. Reviewed by: luigi Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
static void if_route(struct ifnet *, int flag, int fam);
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
static int if_setflag(struct ifnet *, int, int, int *, int);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
static void if_slowtimo(void *);
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
static int if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m);
Make if_(un)route static in if.c as they are called from if_up/if_down only. This is also cleanup to make locking easier. Reviewed by: luigi Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
static void if_unroute(struct ifnet *, int flag, int fam);
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
static void link_rtrequest(int, struct rtentry *, struct rt_addrinfo *);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
static int if_rtdel(struct radix_node *, void *);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
static int ifhwioctl(u_long, struct ifnet *, caddr_t, struct thread *);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
static int if_delmulti_locked(struct ifnet *, struct ifmultiaddr *, int);
Do not call all link state callbacks directly, but schedule a taskqueue(9) task. This fixes LORs and adds possibility to serve such events pseudorecursively, when link state change of interface causes subsequent change on other interfaces. Sponsored by: Rambler Reviewed by: sam, brooks, mux
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
static void do_link_state_change(void *, int);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
static int if_getgroup(struct ifgroupreq *, struct ifnet *);
static int if_getgroupmembers(struct ifgroupreq *);
Follow up for r190895 It's not only the "all" group that is affected, but all groups on the given interface. PR: kern/130977, kern/131310 MFC after: 3 days (%vnet)
2009-04-10 19:16:14 +00:00
static void if_delgroups(struct ifnet *);
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
static void if_attach_internal(struct ifnet *, int);
static void if_detach_internal(struct ifnet *, int);
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
#ifdef INET6
/*
* XXX: declare here to avoid to include many inet6 related files..
* should be more generalized?
*/
Remove __P.
2002-03-19 21:54:18 +00:00
extern void nd6_setmtu(struct ifnet *);
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
#endif
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
static int vnet_net_iattach(const void *);
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
static int vnet_net_idetach(const void *);
#endif
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
Change the initialization methodology for global variables scheduled for virtualization. Instead of initializing the affected global variables at instatiation, assign initial values to them in initializer functions. As a rule, initialization at instatiation for such variables should never be introduced again from now on. Furthermore, enclose all instantiations of such global variables in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks. Essentialy, this change should have zero functional impact. In the next phase of merging network stack virtualization infrastructure from p4/vimage branch, the new initialization methology will allow us to switch between using global variables and their counterparts residing in virtualization containers with minimum code churn, and in the long run allow us to intialize multiple instances of such container structures. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-11-19 09:39:34 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
struct ifnethead ifnet; /* depend on static init XXX */
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
struct ifgrouphead ifg_head;
Change the initialization methodology for global variables scheduled for virtualization. Instead of initializing the affected global variables at instatiation, assign initial values to them in initializer functions. As a rule, initialization at instatiation for such variables should never be introduced again from now on. Furthermore, enclose all instantiations of such global variables in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks. Essentialy, this change should have zero functional impact. In the next phase of merging network stack virtualization infrastructure from p4/vimage branch, the new initialization methology will allow us to switch between using global variables and their counterparts residing in virtualization containers with minimum code churn, and in the long run allow us to intialize multiple instances of such container structures. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-11-19 09:39:34 +00:00
int if_index;
static int if_indexlim;
/* Table of ifnet/cdev by index. Locked with ifnet_lock. */
static struct ifindex_entry *ifindex_table;
static struct knlist ifklist;
#endif
int ifqmaxlen = IFQ_MAXLEN;
convert ifnet and afdata locks from mutexes to rwlocks
2008-12-17 00:11:56 +00:00
struct rwlock ifnet_lock;
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
static if_com_alloc_t *if_com_alloc[256];
static if_com_free_t *if_com_free[256];
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
static void filt_netdetach(struct knote *kn);
static int filt_netdev(struct knote *kn, long hint);
static struct filterops netdev_filtops =
{ 1, NULL, filt_netdetach, filt_netdev };
Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-10 23:12:39 +00:00
#ifndef VIMAGE_GLOBALS
static struct vnet_symmap vnet_net_symmap[] = {
Whitespace changes only - tabs must have been converted to spaces somehow, when moving the code from p4 to svn. Sponsored by: The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-11 15:42:59 +00:00
VNET_SYMMAP(net, ifnet),
VNET_SYMMAP(net, rt_tables),
VNET_SYMMAP(net, rtstat),
VNET_SYMMAP(net, rttrash),
VNET_SYMMAP_END
Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-10 23:12:39 +00:00
};
Introduce vnet module registration / initialization framework with dependency tracking and ordering enforcement. With this change, per-vnet initialization functions introduced with r190787 are no longer directly called from traditional initialization functions (which cc in most cases inlined to pre-r190787 code), but are instead registered via the vnet framework first, and are invoked only after all prerequisite modules have been initialized. In the long run, this framework should allow us to both initialize and dismantle multiple vnet instances in a correct order. The problem this change aims to solve is how to replay the initialization sequence of various network stack components, which have been traditionally triggered via different mechanisms (SYSINIT, protosw). Note that this initialization sequence was and still can be subtly different depending on whether certain pieces of code have been statically compiled into the kernel, loaded as modules by boot loader, or kldloaded at run time. The approach is simple - we record the initialization sequence established by the traditional mechanisms whenever vnet_mod_register() is called for a particular vnet module. The vnet_mod_register_multi() variant allows a single initializer function to be registered multiple times but with different arguments - currently this is only used in kern/uipc_domain.c by net_add_domain() with different struct domain * as arguments, which allows for protosw-registered initialization routines to be invoked in a correct order by the new vnet initialization framework. For the purpose of identifying vnet modules, each vnet module has to have a unique ID, which is statically assigned in sys/vimage.h. Dynamic assignment of vnet module IDs is not supported yet. A vnet module may specify a single prerequisite module at registration time by filling in the vmi_dependson field of its vnet_modinfo struct with the ID of the module it depends on. Unless specified otherwise, all vnet modules depend on VNET_MOD_NET (container for ifnet list head, rt_tables etc.), which thus has to and will always be initialized first. The framework will panic if it detects any unresolved dependencies before completing system initialization. Detection of unresolved dependencies for vnet modules registered after boot (kldloaded modules) is not provided. Note that the fact that each module can specify only a single prerequisite may become problematic in the long run. In particular, INET6 depends on INET being already instantiated, due to TCP / UDP structures residing in INET container. IPSEC also depends on INET, which will in turn additionally complicate making INET6-only kernel configs a reality. The entire registration framework can be compiled out by turning on the VIMAGE_GLOBALS kernel config option. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-11 05:58:58 +00:00
static const vnet_modinfo_t vnet_net_modinfo = {
.vmi_id = VNET_MOD_NET,
.vmi_name = "net",
Permit buiding kernels with options VIMAGE, restricted to only a single active network stack instance. Turning on options VIMAGE at compile time yields the following changes relative to default kernel build: 1) V_ accessor macros for virtualized variables resolve to structure fields via base pointers, instead of being resolved as fields in global structs or plain global variables. As an example, V_ifnet becomes: options VIMAGE: ((struct vnet_net *) vnet_net)->_ifnet default build: vnet_net_0._ifnet options VIMAGE_GLOBALS: ifnet 2) INIT_VNET_* macros will declare and set up base pointers to be used by V_ accessor macros, instead of resolving to whitespace: INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet); becomes struct vnet_net *vnet_net = (ifp->if_vnet)->mod_data[VNET_MOD_NET]; 3) Memory for vnet modules registered via vnet_mod_register() is now allocated at run time in sys/kern/kern_vimage.c, instead of per vnet module structs being declared as globals. If required, vnet modules can now request the framework to provide them with allocated bzeroed memory by filling in the vmi_size field in their vmi_modinfo structures. 4) structs socket, ifnet, inpcbinfo, tcpcb and syncache_head are extended to hold a pointer to the parent vnet. options VIMAGE builds will fill in those fields as required. 5) curvnet is introduced as a new global variable in options VIMAGE builds, always pointing to the default and only struct vnet. 6) struct sysctl_oid has been extended with additional two fields to store major and minor virtualization module identifiers, oid_v_subs and oid_v_mod. SYSCTL_V_* family of macros will fill in those fields accordingly, and store the offset in the appropriate vnet container struct in oid_arg1. In sysctl handlers dealing with virtualized sysctls, the SYSCTL_RESOLVE_V_ARG1() macro will compute the address of the target variable and make it available in arg1 variable for further processing. Unused fields in structs vnet_inet, vnet_inet6 and vnet_ipfw have been deleted. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-30 13:36:26 +00:00
.vmi_size = sizeof(struct vnet_net),
Introduce vnet module registration / initialization framework with dependency tracking and ordering enforcement. With this change, per-vnet initialization functions introduced with r190787 are no longer directly called from traditional initialization functions (which cc in most cases inlined to pre-r190787 code), but are instead registered via the vnet framework first, and are invoked only after all prerequisite modules have been initialized. In the long run, this framework should allow us to both initialize and dismantle multiple vnet instances in a correct order. The problem this change aims to solve is how to replay the initialization sequence of various network stack components, which have been traditionally triggered via different mechanisms (SYSINIT, protosw). Note that this initialization sequence was and still can be subtly different depending on whether certain pieces of code have been statically compiled into the kernel, loaded as modules by boot loader, or kldloaded at run time. The approach is simple - we record the initialization sequence established by the traditional mechanisms whenever vnet_mod_register() is called for a particular vnet module. The vnet_mod_register_multi() variant allows a single initializer function to be registered multiple times but with different arguments - currently this is only used in kern/uipc_domain.c by net_add_domain() with different struct domain * as arguments, which allows for protosw-registered initialization routines to be invoked in a correct order by the new vnet initialization framework. For the purpose of identifying vnet modules, each vnet module has to have a unique ID, which is statically assigned in sys/vimage.h. Dynamic assignment of vnet module IDs is not supported yet. A vnet module may specify a single prerequisite module at registration time by filling in the vmi_dependson field of its vnet_modinfo struct with the ID of the module it depends on. Unless specified otherwise, all vnet modules depend on VNET_MOD_NET (container for ifnet list head, rt_tables etc.), which thus has to and will always be initialized first. The framework will panic if it detects any unresolved dependencies before completing system initialization. Detection of unresolved dependencies for vnet modules registered after boot (kldloaded modules) is not provided. Note that the fact that each module can specify only a single prerequisite may become problematic in the long run. In particular, INET6 depends on INET being already instantiated, due to TCP / UDP structures residing in INET container. IPSEC also depends on INET, which will in turn additionally complicate making INET6-only kernel configs a reality. The entire registration framework can be compiled out by turning on the VIMAGE_GLOBALS kernel config option. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-11 05:58:58 +00:00
.vmi_symmap = vnet_net_symmap,
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
.vmi_iattach = vnet_net_iattach,
#ifdef VIMAGE
.vmi_idetach = vnet_net_idetach
#endif
Introduce vnet module registration / initialization framework with dependency tracking and ordering enforcement. With this change, per-vnet initialization functions introduced with r190787 are no longer directly called from traditional initialization functions (which cc in most cases inlined to pre-r190787 code), but are instead registered via the vnet framework first, and are invoked only after all prerequisite modules have been initialized. In the long run, this framework should allow us to both initialize and dismantle multiple vnet instances in a correct order. The problem this change aims to solve is how to replay the initialization sequence of various network stack components, which have been traditionally triggered via different mechanisms (SYSINIT, protosw). Note that this initialization sequence was and still can be subtly different depending on whether certain pieces of code have been statically compiled into the kernel, loaded as modules by boot loader, or kldloaded at run time. The approach is simple - we record the initialization sequence established by the traditional mechanisms whenever vnet_mod_register() is called for a particular vnet module. The vnet_mod_register_multi() variant allows a single initializer function to be registered multiple times but with different arguments - currently this is only used in kern/uipc_domain.c by net_add_domain() with different struct domain * as arguments, which allows for protosw-registered initialization routines to be invoked in a correct order by the new vnet initialization framework. For the purpose of identifying vnet modules, each vnet module has to have a unique ID, which is statically assigned in sys/vimage.h. Dynamic assignment of vnet module IDs is not supported yet. A vnet module may specify a single prerequisite module at registration time by filling in the vmi_dependson field of its vnet_modinfo struct with the ID of the module it depends on. Unless specified otherwise, all vnet modules depend on VNET_MOD_NET (container for ifnet list head, rt_tables etc.), which thus has to and will always be initialized first. The framework will panic if it detects any unresolved dependencies before completing system initialization. Detection of unresolved dependencies for vnet modules registered after boot (kldloaded modules) is not provided. Note that the fact that each module can specify only a single prerequisite may become problematic in the long run. In particular, INET6 depends on INET being already instantiated, due to TCP / UDP structures residing in INET container. IPSEC also depends on INET, which will in turn additionally complicate making INET6-only kernel configs a reality. The entire registration framework can be compiled out by turning on the VIMAGE_GLOBALS kernel config option. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-11 05:58:58 +00:00
};
#endif /* !VIMAGE_GLOBALS */
Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-10 23:12:39 +00:00
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
/*
* System initialization
*/
In keeping with style(9)'s recommendations on macros, use a ';' after each SYSINIT() macro invocation. This makes a number of lightweight C parsers much happier with the FreeBSD kernel source, including cflow's prcc and lxr. MFC after: 1 month Discussed with: imp, rink
2008-03-16 10:58:09 +00:00
SYSINIT(interfaces, SI_SUB_INIT_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, if_init, NULL);
Only start the if_slowtimo timer (which drives the if_watchdog methods of network interfaces) if we have at least one interface with an if_watchdog routine. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-01-23 20:53:01 +00:00
SYSINIT(interface_check, SI_SUB_PROTO_IF, SI_ORDER_FIRST, if_check, NULL);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFNET, "ifnet", "interface internals");
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFADDR, "ifaddr", "interface address");
MALLOC_DEFINE(M_IFMADDR, "ether_multi", "link-level multicast address");
Add kernel infrastructure for network device cloning. Reviewed by: ru, ume Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
2001-07-02 20:49:25 +00:00
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
struct ifnet *
add ifnet_byindex_locked to allow for use of IFNET_RLOCK
2008-12-18 04:50:44 +00:00
ifnet_byindex_locked(u_short idx)
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
if (idx > V_if_index)
return (NULL);
return (V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet);
}
struct ifnet *
ifnet_byindex(u_short idx)
{
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
ifp = ifnet_byindex_locked(idx);
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
add ifnet_byindex_locked to allow for use of IFNET_RLOCK
2008-12-18 04:50:44 +00:00
return (ifp);
}
struct ifnet *
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
ifnet_byindex_ref(u_short idx)
add ifnet_byindex_locked to allow for use of IFNET_RLOCK
2008-12-18 04:50:44 +00:00
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
IFNET_RLOCK();
ifp = ifnet_byindex_locked(idx);
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
if (ifp == NULL || (ifp->if_flags & IFF_DYING)) {
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (NULL);
}
if_ref(ifp);
add ifnet_byindex_locked to allow for use of IFNET_RLOCK
2008-12-18 04:50:44 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
return (ifp);
}
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
static void
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
ifnet_setbyindex(u_short idx, struct ifnet *ifp)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_ifnet = ifp;
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
}
struct ifaddr *
ifaddr_byindex(u_short idx)
{
struct ifaddr *ifa;
add ifnet_byindex_locked to allow for use of IFNET_RLOCK
2008-12-18 04:50:44 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
ifa = ifnet_byindex_locked(idx)->if_addr;
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
return (ifa);
}
struct cdev *
ifdev_byindex(u_short idx)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
struct cdev *cdev;
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
cdev = V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_dev;
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (cdev);
}
static void
ifdev_setbyindex(u_short idx, struct cdev *cdev)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
IFNET_WLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_ifindex_table[idx].ife_dev = cdev;
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
}
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
static d_open_t netopen;
static d_close_t netclose;
static d_ioctl_t netioctl;
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
static d_kqfilter_t netkqfilter;
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
static struct cdevsw net_cdevsw = {
Device megapatch 4/6: Introduce d_version field in struct cdevsw, this must always be initialized to D_VERSION. Flip sense of D_NOGIANT flag to D_NEEDGIANT, this involves removing four D_NOGIANT flags and adding 145 D_NEEDGIANT flags.
2004-02-21 21:10:55 +00:00
.d_version = D_VERSION,
.d_flags = D_NEEDGIANT,
Gigacommit to improve device-driver source compatibility between branches: Initialize struct cdevsw using C99 sparse initializtion and remove all initializations to default values. This patch is automatically generated and has been tested by compiling LINT with all the fields in struct cdevsw in reverse order on alpha, sparc64 and i386. Approved by: re(scottl)
2003-03-03 12:15:54 +00:00
.d_open = netopen,
.d_close = netclose,
.d_ioctl = netioctl,
.d_name = "net",
.d_kqfilter = netkqfilter,
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
};
static int
Do the dreaded s/dev_t/struct cdev */ Bump __FreeBSD_version accordingly.
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
netopen(struct cdev *dev, int flag, int mode, struct thread *td)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
{
return (0);
}
static int
Do the dreaded s/dev_t/struct cdev */ Bump __FreeBSD_version accordingly.
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
netclose(struct cdev *dev, int flags, int fmt, struct thread *td)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
{
return (0);
}
static int
Do the dreaded s/dev_t/struct cdev */ Bump __FreeBSD_version accordingly.
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
netioctl(struct cdev *dev, u_long cmd, caddr_t data, int flag, struct thread *td)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
int error, idx;
/* only support interface specific ioctls */
if (IOCGROUP(cmd) != 'i')
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Replace all calls to minor() with dev2unit(). After I removed all the unit2minor()/minor2unit() calls from the kernel yesterday, I realised calling minor() everywhere is quite confusing. Character devices now only have the ability to store a unit number, not a minor number. Remove the confusion by using dev2unit() everywhere. This commit could also be considered as a bug fix. A lot of drivers call minor(), while they should actually be calling dev2unit(). In -CURRENT this isn't a problem, but it turns out we never had any problem reports related to that issue in the past. I suspect not many people connect more than 256 pieces of the same hardware. Reviewed by: kib
2008-09-27 08:51:18 +00:00
idx = dev2unit(dev);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
if (idx == 0) {
/*
* special network device, not interface.
*/
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF)
return (ifconf(cmd, data)); /* XXX remove cmd */
Implement SIOCGIFCONF for 32bit binaries.
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
#ifdef __amd64__
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32)
return (ifconf(cmd, data)); /* XXX remove cmd */
#endif
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
}
ifp = ifnet_byindex(idx);
if (ifp == NULL)
return (ENXIO);
error = ifhwioctl(cmd, ifp, data, td);
if (error == ENOIOCTL)
error = EOPNOTSUPP;
return (error);
}
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
static int
Do the dreaded s/dev_t/struct cdev */ Bump __FreeBSD_version accordingly.
2004-06-16 09:47:26 +00:00
netkqfilter(struct cdev *dev, struct knote *kn)
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
struct knlist *klist;
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
int idx;
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
switch (kn->kn_filter) {
case EVFILT_NETDEV:
kn->kn_fop = &netdev_filtops;
break;
default:
In netkqfilter(), return EINVAL instead of 1 (EPERM) when a filter type is requested on a network interface file descriptor that is non-applicable. MFC after: 3 days
2005-09-12 19:26:03 +00:00
return (EINVAL);
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
}
Replace all calls to minor() with dev2unit(). After I removed all the unit2minor()/minor2unit() calls from the kernel yesterday, I realised calling minor() everywhere is quite confusing. Character devices now only have the ability to store a unit number, not a minor number. Remove the confusion by using dev2unit() everywhere. This commit could also be considered as a bug fix. A lot of drivers call minor(), while they should actually be calling dev2unit(). In -CURRENT this isn't a problem, but it turns out we never had any problem reports related to that issue in the past. I suspect not many people connect more than 256 pieces of the same hardware. Reviewed by: kib
2008-09-27 08:51:18 +00:00
idx = dev2unit(dev);
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
if (idx == 0) {
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
klist = &V_ifklist;
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
} else {
ifp = ifnet_byindex(idx);
if (ifp == NULL)
return (1);
klist = &ifp->if_klist;
}
kn->kn_hook = (caddr_t)klist;
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
knlist_add(klist, kn, 0);
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
return (0);
}
static void
filt_netdetach(struct knote *kn)
{
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
struct knlist *klist = (struct knlist *)kn->kn_hook;
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
knlist_remove(klist, kn, 0);
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
}
static int
filt_netdev(struct knote *kn, long hint)
{
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
struct knlist *klist = (struct knlist *)kn->kn_hook;
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
/*
* Currently NOTE_EXIT is abused to indicate device detach.
*/
if (hint == NOTE_EXIT) {
kn->kn_data = NOTE_LINKINV;
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
kn->kn_flags |= (EV_EOF | EV_ONESHOT);
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
knlist_remove_inevent(klist, kn);
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
return (1);
}
Add locking to the kqueue subsystem. This also makes the kqueue subsystem a more complete subsystem, and removes the knowlege of how things are implemented from the drivers. Include locking around filter ops, so a module like aio will know when not to be unloaded if there are outstanding knotes using it's filter ops. Currently, it uses the MTX_DUPOK even though it is not always safe to aquire duplicate locks. Witness currently doesn't support the ability to discover if a dup lock is ok (in some cases). Reviewed by: green, rwatson (both earlier versions)
2004-08-15 06:24:42 +00:00
if (hint != 0)
kn->kn_data = hint; /* current status */
Add ability to attach knotes to network devices. Introduce EVFILT_NETDEV to report network device changes.
2001-09-29 18:32:35 +00:00
if (kn->kn_sfflags & hint)
kn->kn_fflags |= hint;
return (kn->kn_fflags != 0);
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Network interface utility routines.
*
* Routines with ifa_ifwith* names take sockaddr *'s as
* parameters.
*/
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
Reviewed by: julian with quick glances by bruce and others Submitted by: terry (terry lambert) This is a composite of 3 patch sets submitted by terry. they are: New low-level init code that supports loadbal modules better some cleanups in the namei code to help terry in 16-bit character support some changes to the mount-root code to make it a little more modular.. NOTE: mounting root off cdrom or NFS MIGHT be broken as I haven't been able to test those cases.. certainly mounting root of disk still works just fine.. mfs should work but is untested. (tomorrows task) The low level init stuff includes a total rewrite of init_main.c to make it possible for new modules to have an init phase by simply adding an entry to a TEXT_SET (or is it DATA_SET) list. thus a new module can be added to the kernel without editing any other files other than the 'files' file.
1995-08-28 09:19:25 +00:00
/* ARGSUSED*/
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_init(void *dummy __unused)
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
{
Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-10 23:12:39 +00:00
#ifndef VIMAGE_GLOBALS
vnet_mod_register(&vnet_net_modinfo);
In the !VIMAGE_GLOBALS case, make sure not to call vnet_net_iattach() both via the vnet_mod_register() framework and then directly, but only once. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-15 18:15:29 +00:00
#else
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
vnet_net_iattach(NULL);
In the !VIMAGE_GLOBALS case, make sure not to call vnet_net_iattach() both via the vnet_mod_register() framework and then directly, but only once. Reviewed by: bz Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-15 18:15:29 +00:00
#endif
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
IFNET_LOCK_INIT();
ifdev_setbyindex(0, make_dev(&net_cdevsw, 0, UID_ROOT, GID_WHEEL,
0600, "network"));
if_clone_init();
}
static int
vnet_net_iattach(const void *unused __unused)
{
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Conditionally compile out V_ globals while instantiating the appropriate container structures, depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS compile time option. Make VIMAGE_GLOBALS a new compile-time option, which by default will not be defined, resulting in instatiations of global variables selected for V_irtualization (enclosed in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks) to be effectively compiled out. Instantiate new global container structures to hold V_irtualized variables: vnet_net_0, vnet_inet_0, vnet_inet6_0, vnet_ipsec_0, vnet_netgraph_0, and vnet_gif_0. Update the VSYM() macro so that depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS the V_ macros resolve either to the original globals, or to fields inside container structures, i.e. effectively #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS #define V_rt_tables rt_tables #else #define V_rt_tables vnet_net_0._rt_tables #endif Update SYSCTL_V_*() macros to operate either on globals or on fields inside container structs. Extend the internal kldsym() lookups with the ability to resolve selected fields inside the virtualization container structs. This applies only to the fields which are explicitly registered for kldsym() visibility via VNET_MOD_DECLARE() and vnet_mod_register(), currently this is done only in sys/net/if.c. Fix a few broken instances of MODULE_GLOBAL() macro use in SCTP code, and modify the MODULE_GLOBAL() macro to resolve to V_ macros, which in turn result in proper code being generated depending on VIMAGE_GLOBALS. De-virtualize local static variables in sys/contrib/pf/net/pf_subr.c which were prematurely V_irtualized by automated V_ prepending scripts during earlier merging steps. PF virtualization will be done separately, most probably after next PF import. Convert a few variable initializations at instantiation to initialization in init functions, most notably in ipfw. Also convert TUNABLE_INT() initializers for V_ variables to TUNABLE_FETCH_INT() in initializer functions. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-12-10 23:12:39 +00:00
Change the initialization methodology for global variables scheduled for virtualization. Instead of initializing the affected global variables at instatiation, assign initial values to them in initializer functions. As a rule, initialization at instatiation for such variables should never be introduced again from now on. Furthermore, enclose all instantiations of such global variables in #ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS blocks. Essentialy, this change should have zero functional impact. In the next phase of merging network stack virtualization infrastructure from p4/vimage branch, the new initialization methology will allow us to switch between using global variables and their counterparts residing in virtualization containers with minimum code churn, and in the long run allow us to intialize multiple instances of such container structures. Discussed at: devsummit Strassburg Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-11-19 09:39:34 +00:00
V_if_index = 0;
V_ifindex_table = NULL;
V_if_indexlim = 8;
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_INIT(&V_ifnet);
TAILQ_INIT(&V_ifg_head);
Adapt vfs kqfilter to the shared vnode lock used by zfs write vop. Use vnode interlock to protect the knote fields [1]. The locking assumes that shared vnode lock is held, thus we get exclusive access to knote either by exclusive vnode lock protection, or by shared vnode lock + vnode interlock. Do not use kl_locked() method to assert either lock ownership or the fact that curthread does not own the lock. For shared locks, ownership is not recorded, e.g. VOP_ISLOCKED can return LK_SHARED for the shared lock not owned by curthread, causing false positives in kqueue subsystem assertions about knlist lock. Remove kl_locked method from knlist lock vector, and add two separate assertion methods kl_assert_locked and kl_assert_unlocked, that are supposed to use proper asserts. Change knlist_init accordingly. Add convenience function knlist_init_mtx to reduce number of arguments for typical knlist initialization. Submitted by: jhb [1] Noted by: jhb [2] Reviewed by: jhb Tested by: rnoland
2009-06-10 20:59:32 +00:00
knlist_init_mtx(&V_ifklist, NULL);
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
if_grow(); /* create initial table */
First pass at separating per-vnet initializer functions from existing functions for initializing global state. At this stage, the new per-vnet initializer functions are directly called from the existing global initialization code, which should in most cases result in compiler inlining those new functions, hence yielding a near-zero functional change. Modify the existing initializer functions which are invoked via protosw, like ip_init() et. al., to allow them to be invoked multiple times, i.e. per each vnet. Global state, if any, is initialized only if such functions are called within the context of vnet0, which will be determined via the IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet) check (currently always true). While here, V_irtualize a few remaining global UMA zones used by net/netinet/netipsec networking code. While it is not yet clear to me or anybody else whether this is the right thing to do, at this stage this makes the code more readable, and makes it easier to track uncollected UMA-zone-backed objects on vnet removal. In the long run, it's quite possible that some form of shared use of UMA zone pools among multiple vnets should be considered. Bump __FreeBSD_version due to changes in layout of structs vnet_ipfw, vnet_inet and vnet_net. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-06 22:29:41 +00:00
return (0);
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
}
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
static int
vnet_net_idetach(const void *unused __unused)
{
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
VNET_ASSERT(TAILQ_EMPTY(&V_ifnet));
VNET_ASSERT(TAILQ_EMPTY(&V_ifg_head));
VNET_ASSERT(SLIST_EMPTY(&V_ifklist.kl_list));
free((caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, M_IFNET);
return (0);
}
#endif
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
void
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
if_grow(void)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
u_int n;
struct ifindex_entry *e;
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_if_indexlim <<= 1;
n = V_if_indexlim * sizeof(*e);
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
e = malloc(n, M_IFNET, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
if (V_ifindex_table != NULL) {
memcpy((caddr_t)e, (caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, n/2);
free((caddr_t)V_ifindex_table, M_IFNET);
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
}
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
V_ifindex_table = e;
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
}
Only start the if_slowtimo timer (which drives the if_watchdog methods of network interfaces) if we have at least one interface with an if_watchdog routine. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-01-23 20:53:01 +00:00
static void
if_check(void *dummy __unused)
{
/*
* If at least one interface added during boot uses
* if_watchdog then start the timer.
*/
if (slowtimo_started)
if_slowtimo(0);
}
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
/*
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
* Allocate a struct ifnet and an index for an interface. A layer 2
* common structure will also be allocated if an allocation routine is
* registered for the passed type.
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
*/
Move portions of data structure initialization from if_attach() to if_alloc(), and portions of data structure destruction from if_detach() to if_free(). These changes leave more of the struct ifnet in a safe-to-access condition between alloc and attach, and between detach and free, and focus on attach/detach as stack usage events rather than data structure initialization. Affected fields include the linkstate task queue, if_afdata lock, address lists, kqueue state, and MAC labels. ifq_attach() ifq_detach() are not moved as ifq_attach() may use a queue length set by the device driver between if_alloc() and if_attach(). MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 10:59:40 +00:00
struct ifnet *
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
if_alloc(u_char type)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
ifp = malloc(sizeof(struct ifnet), M_IFNET, M_WAITOK|M_ZERO);
When we started calling if_findindex() from if_alloc() with an empty struct ifnet most of if_findindex() become a complex no-op. Remove it and replace it with a corrected version of the four line for loop it devolved to plus some error handling. This should probably be replaced with subr_unit at some point. Switch from checking ifaddr_byindex to ifnet_byindex when looking for empty indexes. Since we're doing this from if_alloc/if_free, we can only be sure that ifnet_byindex will be correct. This fixes panics when loading the ef(4) module. The panics were caused by the fact that if_alloc was called four time before if_attach was called and thus ifaddr_byindex was not set and the same unit was allocated again. This in turn caused the first if_attach to fail because the ifp was not the one in ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index). Reported by: "Wojciech A. Koszek" <dunstan at freebsd dot czest dot pl> PR: kern/84987 MFC After: 1 day
2005-08-18 18:36:40 +00:00
/*
* Try to find an empty slot below if_index. If we fail, take
* the next slot.
*
* XXX: should be locked!
*/
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
for (ifp->if_index = 1; ifp->if_index <= V_if_index; ifp->if_index++) {
When we started calling if_findindex() from if_alloc() with an empty struct ifnet most of if_findindex() become a complex no-op. Remove it and replace it with a corrected version of the four line for loop it devolved to plus some error handling. This should probably be replaced with subr_unit at some point. Switch from checking ifaddr_byindex to ifnet_byindex when looking for empty indexes. Since we're doing this from if_alloc/if_free, we can only be sure that ifnet_byindex will be correct. This fixes panics when loading the ef(4) module. The panics were caused by the fact that if_alloc was called four time before if_attach was called and thus ifaddr_byindex was not set and the same unit was allocated again. This in turn caused the first if_attach to fail because the ifp was not the one in ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index). Reported by: "Wojciech A. Koszek" <dunstan at freebsd dot czest dot pl> PR: kern/84987 MFC After: 1 day
2005-08-18 18:36:40 +00:00
if (ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index) == NULL)
break;
}
/* Catch if_index overflow. */
if (ifp->if_index < 1) {
free(ifp, M_IFNET);
return (NULL);
}
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
if (ifp->if_index > V_if_index)
V_if_index = ifp->if_index;
if (V_if_index >= V_if_indexlim)
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
if_grow();
ifp->if_type = type;
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
ifp->if_alloctype = type;
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
if (if_com_alloc[type] != NULL) {
ifp->if_l2com = if_com_alloc[type](type, ifp);
Return NULL instead of a bogus pointer from if_alloc when if_com_alloc fails. Move detaching the ifnet from the ifindex_table into if_free so we can both keep the sanity checks and actually delete the ifnets. [0] Reported by: gallatin [0] Approved by: re (blanket)
2005-06-12 00:53:03 +00:00
if (ifp->if_l2com == NULL) {
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
free(ifp, M_IFNET);
Return NULL instead of a bogus pointer from if_alloc when if_com_alloc fails. Move detaching the ifnet from the ifindex_table into if_free so we can both keep the sanity checks and actually delete the ifnets. [0] Reported by: gallatin [0] Approved by: re (blanket)
2005-06-12 00:53:03 +00:00
return (NULL);
}
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
}
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK_INIT(ifp);
Move portions of data structure initialization from if_attach() to if_alloc(), and portions of data structure destruction from if_detach() to if_free(). These changes leave more of the struct ifnet in a safe-to-access condition between alloc and attach, and between detach and free, and focus on attach/detach as stack usage events rather than data structure initialization. Affected fields include the linkstate task queue, if_afdata lock, address lists, kqueue state, and MAC labels. ifq_attach() ifq_detach() are not moved as ifq_attach() may use a queue length set by the device driver between if_alloc() and if_attach(). MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 10:59:40 +00:00
TASK_INIT(&ifp->if_linktask, 0, do_link_state_change, ifp);
ifp->if_afdata_initialized = 0;
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
IF_AFDATA_LOCK_INIT(ifp);
Move portions of data structure initialization from if_attach() to if_alloc(), and portions of data structure destruction from if_detach() to if_free(). These changes leave more of the struct ifnet in a safe-to-access condition between alloc and attach, and between detach and free, and focus on attach/detach as stack usage events rather than data structure initialization. Affected fields include the linkstate task queue, if_afdata lock, address lists, kqueue state, and MAC labels. ifq_attach() ifq_detach() are not moved as ifq_attach() may use a queue length set by the device driver between if_alloc() and if_attach(). MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 10:59:40 +00:00
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_addrhead);
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_prefixhead);
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_multiaddrs);
TAILQ_INIT(&ifp->if_groups);
Adapt vfs kqfilter to the shared vnode lock used by zfs write vop. Use vnode interlock to protect the knote fields [1]. The locking assumes that shared vnode lock is held, thus we get exclusive access to knote either by exclusive vnode lock protection, or by shared vnode lock + vnode interlock. Do not use kl_locked() method to assert either lock ownership or the fact that curthread does not own the lock. For shared locks, ownership is not recorded, e.g. VOP_ISLOCKED can return LK_SHARED for the shared lock not owned by curthread, causing false positives in kqueue subsystem assertions about knlist lock. Remove kl_locked method from knlist lock vector, and add two separate assertion methods kl_assert_locked and kl_assert_unlocked, that are supposed to use proper asserts. Change knlist_init accordingly. Add convenience function knlist_init_mtx to reduce number of arguments for typical knlist initialization. Submitted by: jhb [1] Noted by: jhb [2] Reviewed by: jhb Tested by: rnoland
2009-06-10 20:59:32 +00:00
knlist_init_mtx(&ifp->if_klist, NULL);
Move portions of data structure initialization from if_attach() to if_alloc(), and portions of data structure destruction from if_detach() to if_free(). These changes leave more of the struct ifnet in a safe-to-access condition between alloc and attach, and between detach and free, and focus on attach/detach as stack usage events rather than data structure initialization. Affected fields include the linkstate task queue, if_afdata lock, address lists, kqueue state, and MAC labels. ifq_attach() ifq_detach() are not moved as ifq_attach() may use a queue length set by the device driver between if_alloc() and if_attach(). MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 10:59:40 +00:00
#ifdef MAC
mac_ifnet_init(ifp);
#endif
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
refcount_init(&ifp->if_refcount, 1); /* Index reference. */
Introduce locking around use of ifindex_table, whose use was previously unsynchronized. While races were extremely rare, we've now had a couple of reports of panics in environments involving large numbers of IPSEC tunnels being added very quickly on an active system. - Add accessor functions ifnet_byindex(), ifaddr_byindex(), ifdev_byindex() to replace existing accessor macros. These functions now acquire the ifnet lock before derefencing the table. - Add IFNET_WLOCK_ASSERT(). - Add static accessor functions ifnet_setbyindex(), ifdev_setbyindex(), which set values in the table either asserting of acquiring the ifnet lock. - Use accessor functions throughout if.c to modify and read ifindex_table. - Rework ifnet attach/detach to lock around ifindex_table modification. Note that these changes simply close races around use of ifindex_table, and make no attempt to solve the probem of disappearing ifnets. Further refinement of this work, including with respect to ifindex_table resizing, is still required. In a future change, the ifnet lock should be converted from a mutex to an rwlock in order to reduce contention. Reviewed and tested by: brooks
2008-06-26 23:05:28 +00:00
IFNET_WLOCK();
ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, ifp);
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
return (ifp);
}
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
/*
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
* Do the actual work of freeing a struct ifnet, associated index, and layer
* 2 common structure. This call is made when the last reference to an
* interface is released.
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
*/
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
static void
if_free_internal(struct ifnet *ifp)
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
{
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet); /* ifp->if_vnet is already NULL here */
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
KASSERT((ifp->if_flags & IFF_DYING),
("if_free_internal: interface not dying"));
IFNET_WLOCK();
KASSERT(ifp == ifnet_byindex_locked(ifp->if_index),
("%s: freeing unallocated ifnet", ifp->if_xname));
ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, NULL);
while (V_if_index > 0 && ifnet_byindex_locked(V_if_index) == NULL)
V_if_index--;
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
if (if_com_free[ifp->if_alloctype] != NULL)
if_com_free[ifp->if_alloctype](ifp->if_l2com,
ifp->if_alloctype);
Move portions of data structure initialization from if_attach() to if_alloc(), and portions of data structure destruction from if_detach() to if_free(). These changes leave more of the struct ifnet in a safe-to-access condition between alloc and attach, and between detach and free, and focus on attach/detach as stack usage events rather than data structure initialization. Affected fields include the linkstate task queue, if_afdata lock, address lists, kqueue state, and MAC labels. ifq_attach() ifq_detach() are not moved as ifq_attach() may use a queue length set by the device driver between if_alloc() and if_attach(). MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 10:59:40 +00:00
#ifdef MAC
mac_ifnet_destroy(ifp);
#endif /* MAC */
KNOTE_UNLOCKED(&ifp->if_klist, NOTE_EXIT);
knlist_clear(&ifp->if_klist, 0);
knlist_destroy(&ifp->if_klist);
IF_AFDATA_DESTROY(ifp);
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK_DESTROY(ifp);
move ifq_detach from if_detach to if_free; this permits callers to reference if_snd in the period between detach+free which helps simplify detach code Reviewed by: jhb, rwatson
2009-06-02 18:53:21 +00:00
ifq_detach(&ifp->if_snd);
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
free(ifp, M_IFNET);
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
}
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
/*
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
* This version should only be called by intefaces that switch their type
* after calling if_alloc(). if_free_type() will go away again now that we
* have if_alloctype to cache the original allocation type. For now, assert
* that they match, since we require that in practice.
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
*/
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
void
if_free_type(struct ifnet *ifp, u_char type)
{
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
KASSERT(ifp->if_alloctype == type,
("if_free_type: type (%d) != alloctype (%d)", type,
ifp->if_alloctype));
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_DYING; /* XXX: Locking */
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
if (!refcount_release(&ifp->if_refcount))
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
return;
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
if_free_internal(ifp);
}
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
/*
* This is the normal version of if_free(), used by device drivers to free a
* detached network interface. The contents of if_free_type() will move into
* here when if_free_type() goes away.
*/
void
if_free(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
if_free_type(ifp, ifp->if_alloctype);
remove stray ;
2009-03-14 17:54:58 +00:00
}
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
/*
* Interfaces to keep an ifnet type-stable despite the possibility of the
* driver calling if_free(). If there are additional references, we defer
* freeing the underlying data structure.
*/
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
void
if_ref(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
/* We don't assert the ifnet list lock here, but arguably should. */
refcount_acquire(&ifp->if_refcount);
}
void
if_rele(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
Add a new interface flag, IFF_DYING, which is set when a device driver calls if_free(), and remains set if the refcount is elevated. IF_DYING skips the bit in the if_flags bitmask previously used by IFF_NEEDSGIANT, so that an MFC can be done without changing which bit is used, as IFF_NEEDSGIANT is still present in 7.x. ifnet_byindex_ref() checks for IFF_DYING and returns NULL if it is set, preventing new references from by acquired by index, preventing monitoring sysctls from seeing it. Other lookup mechanisms currently do not check IFF_DYING, but may need to in the future. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 09:32:30 +00:00
if (!refcount_release(&ifp->if_refcount))
return;
if_free_internal(ifp);
Start to address a number of races relating to use of ifnet pointers after the corresponding interface has been destroyed: (1) Add an ifnet refcount, ifp->if_refcount. Initialize it to 1 in if_alloc(), and modify if_free_type() to decrement and check the refcount. (2) Add new if_ref() and if_rele() interfaces to allow kernel code walking global interface lists to release IFNET_[RW]LOCK() yet keep the ifnet stable. Currently, if_rele() is a no-op wrapper around if_free(), but this may change in the future. (3) Add new ifnet field, if_alloctype, which caches the type passed to if_alloc(), but unlike if_type, won't be changed by drivers. This allows asynchronous free's of the interface after the driver has released it to still use the right type. Use that instead of the type passed to if_free_type(), but assert that they are the same (might have to rethink this if that doesn't work out). (4) Add a new ifnet_byindex_ref(), which looks up an interface by index and returns a reference rather than a pointer to it. (5) Fix if_alloc() to fully initialize the if_addr_mtx before hooking up the ifnet to global lists. (6) Modify sysctls in if_mib.c to use ifnet_byindex_ref() and release the ifnet when done. When this change is MFC'd, it will need to replace if_ispare fields rather than adding new fields in order to avoid breaking the binary interface. Once this change is MFC'd, if_free_type() should be removed, as its 'type' argument is now optional. This refcount is not appropriate for counting mbuf pkthdr references, and also not for counting entry into the device driver via ifnet function pointers. An rmlock may be appropriate for the latter. Rather, this is about ensuring data structure stability when reaching an ifnet via global ifnet lists and tables followed by copy in or out of userspace. MFC after: 3 weeks Reported by: mdtancsa Reviewed by: brooks
2009-04-21 22:43:32 +00:00
}
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
void
ifq_attach(struct ifaltq *ifq, struct ifnet *ifp)
{
mtx_init(&ifq->ifq_mtx, ifp->if_xname, "if send queue", MTX_DEF);
if (ifq->ifq_maxlen == 0)
ifq->ifq_maxlen = ifqmaxlen;
ifq->altq_type = 0;
ifq->altq_disc = NULL;
ifq->altq_flags &= ALTQF_CANTCHANGE;
ifq->altq_tbr = NULL;
ifq->altq_ifp = ifp;
}
void
ifq_detach(struct ifaltq *ifq)
{
mtx_destroy(&ifq->ifq_mtx);
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
* Perform generic interface initalization tasks and attach the interface
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
* to the list of "active" interfaces. If vmove flag is set on entry
* to if_attach_internal(), perform only a limited subset of initialization
* tasks, given that we are moving from one vnet to another an ifnet which
* has already been fully initialized.
Update the comments on if_alloc(), if_free(), if_free_type(), and if_attach. Remove a comment about pre-3.0 network drivers from if_attach(). Be a bit more consistant about whitespace near comments.
2007-05-16 19:59:01 +00:00
*
* XXX:
* - The decision to return void and thus require this function to
* succeed is questionable.
* - We should probably do more sanity checking. For instance we don't
* do anything to insure if_xname is unique or non-empty.
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_attach(struct ifnet *ifp)
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
{
if_attach_internal(ifp, 0);
}
static void
if_attach_internal(struct ifnet *ifp, int vmove)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
unsigned socksize, ifasize;
Use new printf features rather than local kludges.
1996-01-24 21:12:23 +00:00
int namelen, masklen;
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
if (ifp->if_index == 0 || ifp != ifnet_byindex(ifp->if_index))
panic ("%s: BUG: if_attach called without if_alloc'd input()\n",
ifp->if_xname);
Permit buiding kernels with options VIMAGE, restricted to only a single active network stack instance. Turning on options VIMAGE at compile time yields the following changes relative to default kernel build: 1) V_ accessor macros for virtualized variables resolve to structure fields via base pointers, instead of being resolved as fields in global structs or plain global variables. As an example, V_ifnet becomes: options VIMAGE: ((struct vnet_net *) vnet_net)->_ifnet default build: vnet_net_0._ifnet options VIMAGE_GLOBALS: ifnet 2) INIT_VNET_* macros will declare and set up base pointers to be used by V_ accessor macros, instead of resolving to whitespace: INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet); becomes struct vnet_net *vnet_net = (ifp->if_vnet)->mod_data[VNET_MOD_NET]; 3) Memory for vnet modules registered via vnet_mod_register() is now allocated at run time in sys/kern/kern_vimage.c, instead of per vnet module structs being declared as globals. If required, vnet modules can now request the framework to provide them with allocated bzeroed memory by filling in the vmi_size field in their vmi_modinfo structures. 4) structs socket, ifnet, inpcbinfo, tcpcb and syncache_head are extended to hold a pointer to the parent vnet. options VIMAGE builds will fill in those fields as required. 5) curvnet is introduced as a new global variable in options VIMAGE builds, always pointing to the default and only struct vnet. 6) struct sysctl_oid has been extended with additional two fields to store major and minor virtualization module identifiers, oid_v_subs and oid_v_mod. SYSCTL_V_* family of macros will fill in those fields accordingly, and store the offset in the appropriate vnet container struct in oid_arg1. In sysctl handlers dealing with virtualized sysctls, the SYSCTL_RESOLVE_V_ARG1() macro will compute the address of the target variable and make it available in arg1 variable for further processing. Unused fields in structs vnet_inet, vnet_inet6 and vnet_ipfw have been deleted. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-30 13:36:26 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
ifp->if_vnet = curvnet;
Introduce an infrastructure for dismantling vnet instances. Vnet modules and protocol domains may now register destructor functions to clean up and release per-module state. The destructor mechanisms can be triggered by invoking "vimage -d", or a future equivalent command which will be provided via the new jail framework. While this patch introduces numerous placeholder destructor functions, many of those are currently incomplete, thus leaking memory or (even worse) failing to stop all running timers. Many of such issues are already known and will be incrementaly fixed over the next weeks in smaller incremental commits. Apart from introducing new fields in structs ifnet, domain, protosw and vnet_net, which requires the kernel and modules to be rebuilt, this change should have no impact on nooptions VIMAGE builds, since vnet destructors can only be called in VIMAGE kernels. Moreover, destructor functions should be in general compiled in only in options VIMAGE builds, except for kernel modules which can be safely kldunloaded at run time. Bump __FreeBSD_version to 800097. Reviewed by: bz, julian Approved by: rwatson, kib (re), julian (mentor)
2009-06-08 17:15:40 +00:00
if (ifp->if_home_vnet == NULL)
ifp->if_home_vnet = curvnet;
Permit buiding kernels with options VIMAGE, restricted to only a single active network stack instance. Turning on options VIMAGE at compile time yields the following changes relative to default kernel build: 1) V_ accessor macros for virtualized variables resolve to structure fields via base pointers, instead of being resolved as fields in global structs or plain global variables. As an example, V_ifnet becomes: options VIMAGE: ((struct vnet_net *) vnet_net)->_ifnet default build: vnet_net_0._ifnet options VIMAGE_GLOBALS: ifnet 2) INIT_VNET_* macros will declare and set up base pointers to be used by V_ accessor macros, instead of resolving to whitespace: INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet); becomes struct vnet_net *vnet_net = (ifp->if_vnet)->mod_data[VNET_MOD_NET]; 3) Memory for vnet modules registered via vnet_mod_register() is now allocated at run time in sys/kern/kern_vimage.c, instead of per vnet module structs being declared as globals. If required, vnet modules can now request the framework to provide them with allocated bzeroed memory by filling in the vmi_size field in their vmi_modinfo structures. 4) structs socket, ifnet, inpcbinfo, tcpcb and syncache_head are extended to hold a pointer to the parent vnet. options VIMAGE builds will fill in those fields as required. 5) curvnet is introduced as a new global variable in options VIMAGE builds, always pointing to the default and only struct vnet. 6) struct sysctl_oid has been extended with additional two fields to store major and minor virtualization module identifiers, oid_v_subs and oid_v_mod. SYSCTL_V_* family of macros will fill in those fields accordingly, and store the offset in the appropriate vnet container struct in oid_arg1. In sysctl handlers dealing with virtualized sysctls, the SYSCTL_RESOLVE_V_ARG1() macro will compute the address of the target variable and make it available in arg1 variable for further processing. Unused fields in structs vnet_inet, vnet_inet6 and vnet_ipfw have been deleted. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-30 13:36:26 +00:00
#endif
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
if_addgroup(ifp, IFG_ALL);
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Change the definition of struct if_data's member ifi_epoch from wall clock time to uptime because wall clock time may go backwards. This is a change in the API which will impact SNMP agents who are using ifi_epoch to set RFC2233's ifCounterDiscontinuityTime. None are know to exist today. This will not impact applications that are using the <index, epoch> tuple to verify interface uniqueness except that it eliminates a race which could lead to a false assumption of uniqueness. Because this is a behavior change, bump __FreeBSD_version. Discussed with: re (jhb, scottl) MFC after: 3 days Pointed out by: pkh (way back at EuroBSDCon) Pointy hat: brooks
2005-02-25 19:46:41 +00:00
ifp->if_data.ifi_epoch = time_uptime;
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
ifp->if_data.ifi_datalen = sizeof(struct if_data);
Move portions of data structure initialization from if_attach() to if_alloc(), and portions of data structure destruction from if_detach() to if_free(). These changes leave more of the struct ifnet in a safe-to-access condition between alloc and attach, and between detach and free, and focus on attach/detach as stack usage events rather than data structure initialization. Affected fields include the linkstate task queue, if_afdata lock, address lists, kqueue state, and MAC labels. ifq_attach() ifq_detach() are not moved as ifq_attach() may use a queue length set by the device driver between if_alloc() and if_attach(). MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 10:59:40 +00:00
export if_qflush for use by driver if_qflush routines only set ifp->if_{transmit, qflush} if not already set KASSERT that neither or both are set
2009-04-16 23:05:10 +00:00
KASSERT((ifp->if_transmit == NULL && ifp->if_qflush == NULL) ||
(ifp->if_transmit != NULL && ifp->if_qflush != NULL),
("transmit and qflush must both either be set or both be NULL"));
if (ifp->if_transmit == NULL) {
ifp->if_transmit = if_transmit;
ifp->if_qflush = if_qflush;
}
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
if (!vmove) {
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control. Instrument the interface management code so that MAC labels are properly maintained on network interfaces (struct ifnet). In particular, invoke entry points when interfaces are created and removed. MAC policies may initialized the label interface based on a variety of factors, including the interface name. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
#ifdef MAC
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
mac_ifnet_create(ifp);
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control. Instrument the interface management code so that MAC labels are properly maintained on network interfaces (struct ifnet). In particular, invoke entry points when interfaces are created and removed. MAC policies may initialized the label interface based on a variety of factors, including the interface name. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
2002-07-31 16:16:03 +00:00
#endif
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet)) {
ifdev_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, make_dev(&net_cdevsw,
ifp->if_index, UID_ROOT, GID_WHEEL, 0600, "%s/%s",
net_cdevsw.d_name, ifp->if_xname));
make_dev_alias(ifdev_byindex(ifp->if_index), "%s%d",
net_cdevsw.d_name, ifp->if_index);
}
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
ifq_attach(&ifp->if_snd, ifp);
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex. IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less) versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which needs them, but their use is discouraged. Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF, which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
/*
* Create a Link Level name for this device.
*/
namelen = strlen(ifp->if_xname);
/*
* Always save enough space for any possiable name so we
* can do a rename in place later.
*/
masklen = offsetof(struct sockaddr_dl, sdl_data[0]) + IFNAMSIZ;
socksize = masklen + ifp->if_addrlen;
if (socksize < sizeof(*sdl))
socksize = sizeof(*sdl);
socksize = roundup2(socksize, sizeof(long));
ifasize = sizeof(*ifa) + 2 * socksize;
ifa = malloc(ifasize, M_IFADDR, M_WAITOK | M_ZERO);
IFA_LOCK_INIT(ifa);
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)(ifa + 1);
sdl->sdl_len = socksize;
sdl->sdl_family = AF_LINK;
bcopy(ifp->if_xname, sdl->sdl_data, namelen);
sdl->sdl_nlen = namelen;
sdl->sdl_index = ifp->if_index;
sdl->sdl_type = ifp->if_type;
ifp->if_addr = ifa;
ifa->ifa_ifp = ifp;
ifa->ifa_rtrequest = link_rtrequest;
ifa->ifa_addr = (struct sockaddr *)sdl;
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)(socksize + (caddr_t)sdl);
ifa->ifa_netmask = (struct sockaddr *)sdl;
sdl->sdl_len = masklen;
while (namelen != 0)
sdl->sdl_data[--namelen] = 0xff;
ifa->ifa_refcnt = 1;
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link);
/* Reliably crash if used uninitialized. */
ifp->if_broadcastaddr = NULL;
}
The if_check() function performed three actions: - verified that the ifp->if_snd.ifq_mtx was initalized for all attached interfaces. This was pointless because it was initalized for all interfaces in if_attach() so I've removed it. - Checked that ifp->if_snd.ifq_maxlen is initalized and set it to ifqmaxlen if unset. This makes more sense in if_attach() so I moved it there. - The first call of if_slowtimo(). Delete if_check() and call if_slowtimo() directly from the SYSINIT().
2008-05-17 03:38:13 +00:00
- First initialize ifnet, and then insert it into global list. - First remove from global list, then start destroying. PR: kern/97679 Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <shadow itt.net.ru> Reviewed by: rwatson, brooks
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
IFNET_WLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&V_ifnet, ifp, if_link);
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
curvnet->ifcnt++;
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
#endif
- First initialize ifnet, and then insert it into global list. - First remove from global list, then start destroying. PR: kern/97679 Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <shadow itt.net.ru> Reviewed by: rwatson, brooks
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
Implement the check I was talking about in the previous message already. Introduce domain_init_status to keep track of the init status of the domains list (surprise). 0 = uninitialized, 1 = initialized/unpopulated, 2 = initialized/done. Higher values can be used to support late addition of domains which right now "works", but is potential dangerous. I choose to only give a warning when doing so. Use domain_init_status with if_attachdomain[1]() to ensure that we have a complete domains list when we init the if_afdata array. Store the current value of domain_init_status in if_afdata_initialized. This way we can update if_afdata after a new protocol has been added (once that is allowed). Submitted by: se (with changes) Reviewed by: julian, glebius, se PR: kern/73321 (partly)
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
if (domain_init_status >= 2)
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
if_attachdomain1(ifp);
Bring eventhandler callbacks for pf. This enables pf to track dynamic address changes on interfaces (dailup) with the "on (<ifname>)"-syntax. This also brings hooks in anticipation of tracking cloned interfaces, which will be in future versions of pf. Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-02-26 04:27:55 +00:00
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifp);
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet))
devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, "ATTACH", NULL);
Bring eventhandler callbacks for pf. This enables pf to track dynamic address changes on interfaces (dailup) with the "on (<ifname>)"-syntax. This also brings hooks in anticipation of tracking cloned interfaces, which will be in future versions of pf. Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-02-26 04:27:55 +00:00
Introduce an interface announcement message for the routing socket so that routing daemons and other interested parties know when an interface is attached/detached. PR: kern/33747 Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
/* Announce the interface. */
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_ARRIVAL);
The recent issues with em(4) interface has shown that the old 4.4BSD if_watchdog/if_timer interface doesn't fit modern SMP network stack design. Device drivers that need watchdog to monitor their hardware should implement it theirselves. Eventually the if_watchdog/if_timer API will be removed. For now, warn that driver uses it. Reviewed by: scottl
2006-11-30 15:02:01 +00:00
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
if (!vmove && ifp->if_watchdog != NULL) {
Move IFF_NEEDSGIANT warning from if_ethersubr.c to if.c so it is displayed for all network interfaces, not just ethernet-like ones. Upgrade it to a louder WARNING and be explicit that the flag is obsolete. Support for IFF_NEEDSGIANT will be removed in a few months (see arch@ for details) and will not appear in 8.0. Upgrade if_watchdog to a WARNING.
2008-03-07 16:00:44 +00:00
if_printf(ifp,
"WARNING: using obsoleted if_watchdog interface\n");
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
Only start the if_slowtimo timer (which drives the if_watchdog methods of network interfaces) if we have at least one interface with an if_watchdog routine. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-01-23 20:53:01 +00:00
/*
* Note that we need if_slowtimo(). If this happens after
* boot, then call if_slowtimo() directly.
*/
if (atomic_cmpset_int(&slowtimo_started, 0, 1) && !cold)
if_slowtimo(0);
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_attachdomain(void *dummy)
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
int s;
s = splnet();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
if_attachdomain1(ifp);
splx(s);
}
Implement the check I was talking about in the previous message already. Introduce domain_init_status to keep track of the init status of the domains list (surprise). 0 = uninitialized, 1 = initialized/unpopulated, 2 = initialized/done. Higher values can be used to support late addition of domains which right now "works", but is potential dangerous. I choose to only give a warning when doing so. Use domain_init_status with if_attachdomain[1]() to ensure that we have a complete domains list when we init the if_afdata array. Store the current value of domain_init_status in if_afdata_initialized. This way we can update if_afdata after a new protocol has been added (once that is allowed). Submitted by: se (with changes) Reviewed by: julian, glebius, se PR: kern/73321 (partly)
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
SYSINIT(domainifattach, SI_SUB_PROTO_IFATTACHDOMAIN, SI_ORDER_SECOND,
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
if_attachdomain, NULL);
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_attachdomain1(struct ifnet *ifp)
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
{
struct domain *dp;
int s;
s = splnet();
Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we cannot use mutex lock directly here. Protect ifp->if_afdata instead. Reported by: grehan
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
/*
* Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we
* cannot lock ifp->if_afdata initialization, entirely.
*/
if (IF_AFDATA_TRYLOCK(ifp) == 0) {
splx(s);
return;
}
Implement the check I was talking about in the previous message already. Introduce domain_init_status to keep track of the init status of the domains list (surprise). 0 = uninitialized, 1 = initialized/unpopulated, 2 = initialized/done. Higher values can be used to support late addition of domains which right now "works", but is potential dangerous. I choose to only give a warning when doing so. Use domain_init_status with if_attachdomain[1]() to ensure that we have a complete domains list when we init the if_afdata array. Store the current value of domain_init_status in if_afdata_initialized. This way we can update if_afdata after a new protocol has been added (once that is allowed). Submitted by: se (with changes) Reviewed by: julian, glebius, se PR: kern/73321 (partly)
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
if (ifp->if_afdata_initialized >= domain_init_status) {
Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we cannot use mutex lock directly here. Protect ifp->if_afdata instead. Reported by: grehan
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp);
splx(s);
Assign if_broadcastaddr to NULL not 0 in if_attach(). Printf() a warning if if_attachdomain() is called more than once on an interface to generate some noise on mailing lists when this occurs. Fix up style in if_start(), where spaces crept in instead of tabs at some point. MFC after: 1 week MFC note: Not the printf().
2004-11-23 23:31:33 +00:00
printf("if_attachdomain called more than once on %s\n",
ifp->if_xname);
Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we cannot use mutex lock directly here. Protect ifp->if_afdata instead. Reported by: grehan
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
return;
}
Implement the check I was talking about in the previous message already. Introduce domain_init_status to keep track of the init status of the domains list (surprise). 0 = uninitialized, 1 = initialized/unpopulated, 2 = initialized/done. Higher values can be used to support late addition of domains which right now "works", but is potential dangerous. I choose to only give a warning when doing so. Use domain_init_status with if_attachdomain[1]() to ensure that we have a complete domains list when we init the if_afdata array. Store the current value of domain_init_status in if_afdata_initialized. This way we can update if_afdata after a new protocol has been added (once that is allowed). Submitted by: se (with changes) Reviewed by: julian, glebius, se PR: kern/73321 (partly)
2004-11-30 22:38:37 +00:00
ifp->if_afdata_initialized = domain_init_status;
Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we cannot use mutex lock directly here. Protect ifp->if_afdata instead. Reported by: grehan
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp);
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
/* address family dependent data region */
bzero(ifp->if_afdata, sizeof(ifp->if_afdata));
for (dp = domains; dp; dp = dp->dom_next) {
if (dp->dom_ifattach)
ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family] =
(*dp->dom_ifattach)(ifp);
}
splx(s);
}
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
/*
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
* Remove any unicast or broadcast network addresses from an interface.
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
*/
void
if_purgeaddrs(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
struct ifaddr *ifa, *next;
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link, next) {
There is a consensus that ifaddr.ifa_addr should never be NULL, except in places dealing with ifaddr creation or destruction; and in such special places incomplete ifaddrs should never be linked to system-wide data structures. Therefore we can eliminate all the superfluous checks for "ifa->ifa_addr != NULL" and get ready to the system crashing honestly instead of masking possible bugs. Suggested by: glebius, jhb, ru
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_LINK)
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
continue;
#ifdef INET
/* XXX: Ugly!! ad hoc just for INET */
There is a consensus that ifaddr.ifa_addr should never be NULL, except in places dealing with ifaddr creation or destruction; and in such special places incomplete ifaddrs should never be linked to system-wide data structures. Therefore we can eliminate all the superfluous checks for "ifa->ifa_addr != NULL" and get ready to the system crashing honestly instead of masking possible bugs. Suggested by: glebius, jhb, ru
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
struct ifaliasreq ifr;
bzero(&ifr, sizeof(ifr));
ifr.ifra_addr = *ifa->ifa_addr;
if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr)
ifr.ifra_broadaddr = *ifa->ifa_dstaddr;
if (in_control(NULL, SIOCDIFADDR, (caddr_t)&ifr, ifp,
NULL) == 0)
continue;
}
#endif /* INET */
#ifdef INET6
There is a consensus that ifaddr.ifa_addr should never be NULL, except in places dealing with ifaddr creation or destruction; and in such special places incomplete ifaddrs should never be linked to system-wide data structures. Therefore we can eliminate all the superfluous checks for "ifa->ifa_addr != NULL" and get ready to the system crashing honestly instead of masking possible bugs. Suggested by: glebius, jhb, ru
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET6) {
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
in6_purgeaddr(ifa);
/* ifp_addrhead is already updated */
continue;
}
#endif /* INET6 */
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link);
IFAFREE(ifa);
}
}
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
/*
* Remove any multicast network addresses from an interface.
*/
expose if_purgemaddrs, it will be used by the vap code unless someone redesigns the mcast support code in the next few weeks MFC after: 3 weeks
2008-03-25 21:23:32 +00:00
void
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if_purgemaddrs(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
struct ifmultiaddr *next;
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_FOREACH_SAFE(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link, next)
if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 1);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
}
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
/*
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
* Detach an interface, removing it from the list of "active" interfaces.
* If vmove flag is set on entry to if_detach_internal(), perform only a
* limited subset of cleanup tasks, given that we are moving an ifnet from
* one vnet to another, where it must be fully operational.
Take a first cut at cleaning up ifnet removal and multicast socket panics, which occur when stale ifnet pointers are left in struct moptions hung off of inpcbs: - Add in_ifdetach(), which matches in6_ifdetach(), and allows the protocol to perform early tear-down on the interface early in if_detach(). - Annotate that if_detach() needs careful consideration. - Remove calls to in_pcbpurgeif0() in the handling of SIOCDIFADDR -- this is not the place to detect interface removal! This also removes what is basically a nasty (and now unnecessary) hack. - Invoke in_pcbpurgeif0() from in_ifdetach(), in both raw and UDP IPv4 sockets. It is now possible to run the msocket_ifnet_remove regression test using HEAD without panicking. MFC after: 3 days
2005-09-18 17:36:28 +00:00
*
* XXXRW: There are some significant questions about event ordering, and
* how to prevent things from starting to use the interface during detach.
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
*/
void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_detach(struct ifnet *ifp)
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
{
if_detach_internal(ifp, 0);
}
static void
if_detach_internal(struct ifnet *ifp, int vmove)
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
struct radix_node_head *rnh;
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
int i, j;
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
struct domain *dp;
Do not attempt to clean up data that has not been initialized yet. This fixes two kernel panics on boot when the xl driver fails to allocate bus/port/memory resources. Reviewed by: silence on -net
2004-08-06 09:08:33 +00:00
struct ifnet *iter;
- First initialize ifnet, and then insert it into global list. - First remove from global list, then start destroying. PR: kern/97679 Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <shadow itt.net.ru> Reviewed by: rwatson, brooks
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
int found = 0;
IFNET_WLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(iter, &V_ifnet, if_link)
- First initialize ifnet, and then insert it into global list. - First remove from global list, then start destroying. PR: kern/97679 Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <shadow itt.net.ru> Reviewed by: rwatson, brooks
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
if (iter == ifp) {
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifnet, ifp, if_link);
- First initialize ifnet, and then insert it into global list. - First remove from global list, then start destroying. PR: kern/97679 Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <shadow itt.net.ru> Reviewed by: rwatson, brooks
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
found = 1;
break;
}
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
if (found)
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
curvnet->ifcnt--;
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
#endif
- First initialize ifnet, and then insert it into global list. - First remove from global list, then start destroying. PR: kern/97679 Submitted by: Alex Lyashkov <shadow itt.net.ru> Reviewed by: rwatson, brooks
2006-06-21 06:02:35 +00:00
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
if (!found) {
if (vmove)
panic("interface not in it's own ifnet list");
else
return; /* XXX this should panic as well? */
}
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
Do not call all link state callbacks directly, but schedule a taskqueue(9) task. This fixes LORs and adds possibility to serve such events pseudorecursively, when link state change of interface causes subsequent change on other interfaces. Sponsored by: Rambler Reviewed by: sam, brooks, mux
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
/*
* Remove/wait for pending events.
*/
taskqueue_drain(taskqueue_swi, &ifp->if_linktask);
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
/*
* Remove routes and flush queues.
*/
if_down(ifp);
Link ALTQ to the build and break with ABI for struct ifnet. Please recompile your (network) modules as well as any userland that might make sense of sizeof(struct ifnet). This does not change the queueing yet. These changes will follow in a seperate commit. Same with the driver changes, which need case by case evaluation. __FreeBSD_version bump will follow. Tested-by: (i386)LINT
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
#ifdef ALTQ
if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(&ifp->if_snd))
altq_disable(&ifp->if_snd);
if (ALTQ_IS_ATTACHED(&ifp->if_snd))
altq_detach(&ifp->if_snd);
#endif
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
Separate out address-detaching part of if_detach into if_purgeaddrs, so if_tap doesn't need to rely on locally-rolled code to do same. The observable symptom of if_tap's bzero'ing the address details was a crash in "ifconfig tap0" after an if_tap device was closed. Reported By: Matti Saarinen (mjsaarin at cc dot helsinki dot fi)
2005-05-25 13:52:03 +00:00
if_purgeaddrs(ifp);
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
Take a first cut at cleaning up ifnet removal and multicast socket panics, which occur when stale ifnet pointers are left in struct moptions hung off of inpcbs: - Add in_ifdetach(), which matches in6_ifdetach(), and allows the protocol to perform early tear-down on the interface early in if_detach(). - Annotate that if_detach() needs careful consideration. - Remove calls to in_pcbpurgeif0() in the handling of SIOCDIFADDR -- this is not the place to detect interface removal! This also removes what is basically a nasty (and now unnecessary) hack. - Invoke in_pcbpurgeif0() from in_ifdetach(), in both raw and UDP IPv4 sockets. It is now possible to run the msocket_ifnet_remove regression test using HEAD without panicking. MFC after: 3 days
2005-09-18 17:36:28 +00:00
#ifdef INET
in_ifdetach(ifp);
#endif
Sync with recent KAME. This work was based on kame-20010528-freebsd43-snap.tgz and some critical problem after the snap was out were fixed. There are many many changes since last KAME merge. TODO: - The definitions of SADB_* in sys/net/pfkeyv2.h are still different from RFC2407/IANA assignment because of binary compatibility issue. It should be fixed under 5-CURRENT. - ip6po_m member of struct ip6_pktopts is no longer used. But, it is still there because of binary compatibility issue. It should be removed under 5-CURRENT. Reviewed by: itojun Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 3 weeks
2001-06-11 12:39:29 +00:00
#ifdef INET6
/*
* Remove all IPv6 kernel structs related to ifp. This should be done
* before removing routing entries below, since IPv6 interface direct
* routes are expected to be removed by the IPv6-specific kernel API.
* Otherwise, the kernel will detect some inconsistency and bark it.
*/
in6_ifdetach(ifp);
#endif
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if_purgemaddrs(ifp);
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
if (!vmove) {
/*
* Prevent further calls into the device driver via ifnet.
*/
if_dead(ifp);
Fix a recently introduced panic in if_detach() by delaying the invalidation of ifindex_table[] entry. Probably this code should be moved even further down, but for the time being let's do it this way.
2004-04-19 17:28:15 +00:00
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
/*
* Remove link ifaddr pointer and maybe decrement if_index.
* Clean up all addresses.
*/
ifp->if_addr = NULL;
if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet))
destroy_dev(ifdev_byindex(ifp->if_index));
ifdev_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, NULL);
/* We can now free link ifaddr. */
if (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&ifp->if_addrhead)) {
ifa = TAILQ_FIRST(&ifp->if_addrhead);
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_addrhead, ifa, ifa_link);
IFAFREE(ifa);
}
Do not attempt to clean up data that has not been initialized yet. This fixes two kernel panics on boot when the xl driver fails to allocate bus/port/memory resources. Reviewed by: silence on -net
2004-08-06 09:08:33 +00:00
}
AF_LINK sockaddr has to be attached to ifp->if_addrlist until the end, as many of the code assumes that TAILQ_FIRST(ifp->if_addrlist) is non-null. Submitted by: itojun
2003-10-16 13:38:29 +00:00
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
/*
* Delete all remaining routes using this interface
* Unfortuneatly the only way to do this is to slog through
* the entire routing table looking for routes which point
* to this interface...oh well...
*/
for (i = 1; i <= AF_MAX; i++) {
use consistent style
2008-11-24 17:34:00 +00:00
for (j = 0; j < rt_numfibs; j++) {
Convert the two dimensional array to be malloced and introduce an accessor function to get the correct rnh pointer back. Update netstat to get the correct pointer using kvm_read() as well. This not only fixes the ABI problem depending on the kernel option but also permits the tunable to overwrite the kernel option at boot time up to MAXFIBS, enlarging the number of FIBs without having to recompile. So people could just use GENERIC now. Reviewed by: julian, rwatson, zec X-MFC: not possible
2009-06-01 15:49:42 +00:00
rnh = rt_tables_get_rnh(j, i);
if (rnh == NULL)
use consistent style
2008-11-24 17:34:00 +00:00
continue;
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_LOCK(rnh);
(void) rnh->rnh_walktree(rnh, if_rtdel, ifp);
RADIX_NODE_HEAD_UNLOCK(rnh);
}
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
}
Introduce an interface announcement message for the routing socket so that routing daemons and other interested parties know when an interface is attached/detached. PR: kern/33747 Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
/* Announce that the interface is gone. */
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_DEPARTURE);
Move eventhandler for 'ifnet_departure_event' at the end of the progress. Some of the (IPv6) cleanup functions send packets to inform peers of the departure. These packets confused users of ifnet_departure_event (pf at the moment). PR: kern/80627 Tested by: Divacky Roman MFC after: 1 week
2005-07-14 20:26:43 +00:00
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_departure_event, ifp);
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet))
devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname, "DETACH", NULL);
Follow up for r190895 It's not only the "all" group that is affected, but all groups on the given interface. PR: kern/130977, kern/131310 MFC after: 3 days (%vnet)
2009-04-10 19:16:14 +00:00
if_delgroups(ifp);
Introduce an interface announcement message for the routing socket so that routing daemons and other interested parties know when an interface is attached/detached. PR: kern/33747 Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 2 weeks
2002-01-18 14:33:04 +00:00
Since dp->dom_ifattach calls malloc() with M_WAITOK, we cannot use mutex lock directly here. Protect ifp->if_afdata instead. Reported by: grehan
2003-10-24 16:57:59 +00:00
IF_AFDATA_LOCK(ifp);
- add dom_if{attach,detach} framework. - transition to use ifp->if_afdata. Obtained from: KAME
2003-10-17 15:46:31 +00:00
for (dp = domains; dp; dp = dp->dom_next) {
if (dp->dom_ifdetach && ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family])
(*dp->dom_ifdetach)(ifp,
ifp->if_afdata[dp->dom_family]);
}
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
ifp->if_afdata_initialized = 0;
Set ifp->if_afdata_initialized to 0 while holding IF_AFDATA_LOCK on ifp, not after the lock has been released. Reviewed by: bz Discussed with: rwatson
2009-05-22 22:22:21 +00:00
IF_AFDATA_UNLOCK(ifp);
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
}
Permit buiding kernels with options VIMAGE, restricted to only a single active network stack instance. Turning on options VIMAGE at compile time yields the following changes relative to default kernel build: 1) V_ accessor macros for virtualized variables resolve to structure fields via base pointers, instead of being resolved as fields in global structs or plain global variables. As an example, V_ifnet becomes: options VIMAGE: ((struct vnet_net *) vnet_net)->_ifnet default build: vnet_net_0._ifnet options VIMAGE_GLOBALS: ifnet 2) INIT_VNET_* macros will declare and set up base pointers to be used by V_ accessor macros, instead of resolving to whitespace: INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet); becomes struct vnet_net *vnet_net = (ifp->if_vnet)->mod_data[VNET_MOD_NET]; 3) Memory for vnet modules registered via vnet_mod_register() is now allocated at run time in sys/kern/kern_vimage.c, instead of per vnet module structs being declared as globals. If required, vnet modules can now request the framework to provide them with allocated bzeroed memory by filling in the vmi_size field in their vmi_modinfo structures. 4) structs socket, ifnet, inpcbinfo, tcpcb and syncache_head are extended to hold a pointer to the parent vnet. options VIMAGE builds will fill in those fields as required. 5) curvnet is introduced as a new global variable in options VIMAGE builds, always pointing to the default and only struct vnet. 6) struct sysctl_oid has been extended with additional two fields to store major and minor virtualization module identifiers, oid_v_subs and oid_v_mod. SYSCTL_V_* family of macros will fill in those fields accordingly, and store the offset in the appropriate vnet container struct in oid_arg1. In sysctl handlers dealing with virtualized sysctls, the SYSCTL_RESOLVE_V_ARG1() macro will compute the address of the target variable and make it available in arg1 variable for further processing. Unused fields in structs vnet_inet, vnet_inet6 and vnet_ipfw have been deleted. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-04-30 13:36:26 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
/*
* if_vmove() performs a limited version of if_detach() in current
* vnet and if_attach()es the ifnet to the vnet specified as 2nd arg.
* An attempt is made to shrink if_index in current vnet, find an
* unused if_index in target vnet and calls if_grow() if necessary,
* and finally find an unused if_xname for the target vnet.
*/
void
if_vmove(struct ifnet *ifp, struct vnet *new_vnet)
{
/*
* Detach from current vnet, but preserve LLADDR info, do not
* mark as dead etc. so that the ifnet can be reattached later.
*/
if_detach_internal(ifp, 1);
/*
* Unlink the ifnet from ifindex_table[] in current vnet,
* and shrink the if_index for that vnet if possible.
* do / while construct below is needed to confine the scope
* of INIT_VNET_NET().
*/
{
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
IFNET_WLOCK();
ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, NULL);
while (V_if_index > 0 && \
ifnet_byindex_locked(V_if_index) == NULL)
V_if_index--;
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
};
/*
* Switch to the context of the target vnet.
*/
CURVNET_SET_QUIET(new_vnet);
INIT_VNET_NET(new_vnet);
/*
* Try to find an empty slot below if_index. If we fail, take
* the next slot.
*/
IFNET_WLOCK();
for (ifp->if_index = 1; ifp->if_index <= V_if_index; ifp->if_index++) {
if (ifnet_byindex_locked(ifp->if_index) == NULL)
break;
}
/* Catch if_index overflow. */
if (ifp->if_index < 1)
panic("if_index overflow");
if (ifp->if_index > V_if_index)
V_if_index = ifp->if_index;
if (V_if_index >= V_if_indexlim)
if_grow();
ifnet_setbyindex(ifp->if_index, ifp);
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
if_attach_internal(ifp, 1);
CURVNET_RESTORE();
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
}
Introduce the if_vmove() function, which will be used in the future for reassigning ifnets from one vnet to another. if_vmove() works by calling a restricted subset of actions normally executed by if_detach() on an ifnet in the current vnet, and then switches to the target vnet and executes an appropriate subset of if_attach() actions there. if_attach() and if_detach() have become wrapper functions around if_attach_internal() and if_detach_internal(), where the later variants have an additional argument, a flag indicating whether a full attach or detach sequence is to be executed, or only a restricted subset suitable for moving an ifnet from one vnet to another. Hence, if_vmove() will not call if_detach() and if_attach() directly, but will call the if_detach_internal() and if_attach_internal() variants instead, with the vmove flag set. While here, staticize ifnet_setbyindex() since it is not referenced from outside of sys/net/if.c. Also rename ifccnt field in struct vimage to ifcnt, and do some minor whitespace garbage collection where appropriate. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds. Reviewed by: bz, rwatson, brooks? Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-22 22:09:00 +00:00
#endif /* VIMAGE */
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
/*
* Add a group to an interface
*/
int
if_addgroup(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *groupname)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
struct ifg_group *ifg = NULL;
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
if (groupname[0] && groupname[strlen(groupname) - 1] >= '0' &&
groupname[strlen(groupname) - 1] <= '9')
return (EINVAL);
IFNET_WLOCK();
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next)
if (!strcmp(ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, groupname)) {
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
return (EEXIST);
}
if ((ifgl = (struct ifg_list *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_list), M_TEMP,
M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) {
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
return (ENOMEM);
}
if ((ifgm = (struct ifg_member *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_member),
M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) {
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
return (ENOMEM);
}
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifg, &V_ifg_head, ifg_next)
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
if (!strcmp(ifg->ifg_group, groupname))
break;
if (ifg == NULL) {
if ((ifg = (struct ifg_group *)malloc(sizeof(struct ifg_group),
M_TEMP, M_NOWAIT)) == NULL) {
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
free(ifgm, M_TEMP);
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
return (ENOMEM);
}
strlcpy(ifg->ifg_group, groupname, sizeof(ifg->ifg_group));
ifg->ifg_refcnt = 0;
TAILQ_INIT(&ifg->ifg_members);
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_attach_event, ifg);
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&V_ifg_head, ifg, ifg_next);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
}
ifg->ifg_refcnt++;
ifgl->ifgl_group = ifg;
ifgm->ifgm_ifp = ifp;
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ifg->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next);
TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname);
return (0);
}
/*
* Remove a group from an interface
*/
int
if_delgroup(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *groupname)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
IFNET_WLOCK();
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next)
if (!strcmp(ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, groupname))
break;
if (ifgl == NULL) {
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
return (ENOENT);
}
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm_next)
if (ifgm->ifgm_ifp == ifp)
break;
if (ifgm != NULL) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm, ifgm_next);
free(ifgm, M_TEMP);
}
if (--ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_refcnt == 0) {
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifg_head, ifgl->ifgl_group, ifg_next);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_detach_event, ifgl->ifgl_group);
free(ifgl->ifgl_group, M_TEMP);
}
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname);
return (0);
}
Follow up for r190895 It's not only the "all" group that is affected, but all groups on the given interface. PR: kern/130977, kern/131310 MFC after: 3 days (%vnet)
2009-04-10 19:16:14 +00:00
/*
* Remove an interface from all groups
*/
static void
if_delgroups(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
char groupname[IFNAMSIZ];
IFNET_WLOCK();
while (!TAILQ_EMPTY(&ifp->if_groups)) {
ifgl = TAILQ_FIRST(&ifp->if_groups);
strlcpy(groupname, ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group, IFNAMSIZ);
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_groups, ifgl, ifgl_next);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm_next)
if (ifgm->ifgm_ifp == ifp)
break;
if (ifgm != NULL) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_members, ifgm,
ifgm_next);
free(ifgm, M_TEMP);
}
if (--ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_refcnt == 0) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&V_ifg_head, ifgl->ifgl_group, ifg_next);
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_detach_event,
ifgl->ifgl_group);
free(ifgl->ifgl_group, M_TEMP);
}
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
free(ifgl, M_TEMP);
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(group_change_event, groupname);
IFNET_WLOCK();
}
IFNET_WUNLOCK();
}
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
/*
* Stores all groups from an interface in memory pointed
* to by data
*/
static int
if_getgroup(struct ifgroupreq *data, struct ifnet *ifp)
{
int len, error;
struct ifg_list *ifgl;
struct ifg_req ifgrq, *ifgp;
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = data;
if (ifgr->ifgr_len == 0) {
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next)
ifgr->ifgr_len += sizeof(struct ifg_req);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
return (0);
}
len = ifgr->ifgr_len;
ifgp = ifgr->ifgr_groups;
/* XXX: wire */
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgl, &ifp->if_groups, ifgl_next) {
if (len < sizeof(ifgrq)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
return (EINVAL);
}
bzero(&ifgrq, sizeof ifgrq);
strlcpy(ifgrq.ifgrq_group, ifgl->ifgl_group->ifg_group,
sizeof(ifgrq.ifgrq_group));
if ((error = copyout(&ifgrq, ifgp, sizeof(struct ifg_req)))) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
return (error);
}
len -= sizeof(ifgrq);
ifgp++;
}
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
return (0);
}
/*
* Stores all members of a group in memory pointed to by data
*/
static int
if_getgroupmembers(struct ifgroupreq *data)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = data;
struct ifg_group *ifg;
struct ifg_member *ifgm;
struct ifg_req ifgrq, *ifgp;
int len, error;
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifg, &V_ifg_head, ifg_next)
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
if (!strcmp(ifg->ifg_group, ifgr->ifgr_name))
break;
if (ifg == NULL) {
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (ENOENT);
}
if (ifgr->ifgr_len == 0) {
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifg->ifg_members, ifgm_next)
ifgr->ifgr_len += sizeof(ifgrq);
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (0);
}
len = ifgr->ifgr_len;
ifgp = ifgr->ifgr_groups;
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifgm, &ifg->ifg_members, ifgm_next) {
if (len < sizeof(ifgrq)) {
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (EINVAL);
}
bzero(&ifgrq, sizeof ifgrq);
strlcpy(ifgrq.ifgrq_member, ifgm->ifgm_ifp->if_xname,
sizeof(ifgrq.ifgrq_member));
if ((error = copyout(&ifgrq, ifgp, sizeof(struct ifg_req)))) {
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (error);
}
len -= sizeof(ifgrq);
ifgp++;
}
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (0);
}
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
/*
* Delete Routes for a Network Interface
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
*
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
* Called for each routing entry via the rnh->rnh_walktree() call above
* to delete all route entries referencing a detaching network interface.
*
* Arguments:
* rn pointer to node in the routing table
* arg argument passed to rnh->rnh_walktree() - detaching interface
*
* Returns:
* 0 successful
* errno failed - reason indicated
*
*/
static int
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_rtdel(struct radix_node *rn, void *arg)
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
{
struct rtentry *rt = (struct rtentry *)rn;
struct ifnet *ifp = arg;
int err;
if (rt->rt_ifp == ifp) {
/*
* Protect (sorta) against walktree recursion problems
* with cloned routes
*/
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_UP) == 0)
return (0);
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
err = rtrequest_fib(RTM_DELETE, rt_key(rt), rt->rt_gateway,
if_rtdel is always called with the RADIX_NODE_HEAD lock held
2008-12-18 09:59:24 +00:00
rt_mask(rt), rt->rt_flags|RTF_RNH_LOCKED,
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables. This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x) Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4 Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux. From my notes: ----- One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows different packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address. Constraints: ------------ I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree (and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as well do it in -current and back port the portions I need. One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms. The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred to in "Policy based routing". One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to 6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be recompiled in timespan of the branch. This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16 tables in the first commit. Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1) ------------------------------- For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x) and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it. Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs. To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family. The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0. Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional array that existed before. The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign() are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array, so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to do the "right thing". Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(), which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row. In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code to be added later. One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4, the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this automatically). You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get to it. This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing IPV4 packet. Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed in the following ways. Packets fall into one of a number of classes. 1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB. Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process, but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib that acts a bit like nice.. setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping. It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and jail commands. 2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding. By default these packets would use table 0, (or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)). but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below). (possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.) 3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis. A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier (such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2). 4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate accept sockets that are associated with that same fib. 5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the packet being reponded to. 6/ Packets generated during encapsulation. gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel. thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions] will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1. Routing messages would be associated with their process, and thus select one FIB or another. messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated with that fib. (not yet implemented) In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB. In addition two sysctls are added to give: a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active) b) the default FIB of the calling process. Early testing experience: ------------------------- Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks. For example, It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done. Testing during the generating of these changes has been remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes accordingly. ipfw has grown 2 new keywords: setfib N ip from anay to any count ip from any to any fib N In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required. SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it when it suddenly actually does something. Where to next: -------------------- After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will result in some roto-tilling in the routing code. Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the 1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code. My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the 'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data. instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures, there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures for each protocol address domain (protocol family), and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free to ignore it. When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently, the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the fib entry. Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already. This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each) Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
(struct rtentry **) NULL, rt->rt_fibnum);
Two more fixes to if_detach. These are generic to all interfaces and do not pollute the interface further. o Run if_detach at splnet(). o Creatively swipe the relevant parts of the netatm atm_nif_detach which will delete the relevant references to the interface going away.
1999-12-17 06:46:07 +00:00
if (err) {
log(LOG_WARNING, "if_rtdel: error %d\n", err);
}
}
return (0);
Bring the 'new-bus' to the i386. This extensively changes the way the i386 platform boots, it is no longer ISA-centric, and is fully dynamic. Most old drivers compile and run without modification via 'compatability shims' to enable a smoother transition. eisa, isapnp and pccard* are not yet using the new resource manager. Once fully converted, all drivers will be loadable, including PCI and ISA. (Some other changes appear to have snuck in, including a port of Soren's ATA driver to the Alpha. Soren, back this out if you need to.) This is a checkpoint of work-in-progress, but is quite functional. The bulk of the work was done over the last few years by Doug Rabson and Garrett Wollman. Approved by: core
1999-04-16 21:22:55 +00:00
}
Fix a bug in if_findmulti(), whereby it would not find (and thus delete) a link-layer multicast group membership. Such memberships are needed in order to support protocols such as IS-IS without putting the interface into PROMISC or ALLMULTI modes. sa_equal() is not OK for comparing sockaddr_dl as it has deeper structure than a simple byte array, so add sa_dl_equal() and use that instead. Reviewed by: rwatson Verified with: /usr/sbin/mtest Bug found by: Jouke Witteveen MFC after: 2 weeks
2007-02-22 00:14:02 +00:00
/*
* XXX: Because sockaddr_dl has deeper structure than the sockaddr
* structs used to represent other address families, it is necessary
* to perform a different comparison.
*/
#define sa_equal(a1, a2) \
(bcmp((a1), (a2), ((a1))->sa_len) == 0)
#define sa_dl_equal(a1, a2) \
((((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1))->sdl_len == \
((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a2))->sdl_len) && \
(bcmp(LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1)), \
LLADDR((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a2)), \
((struct sockaddr_dl *)(a1))->sdl_alen) == 0))
Lock up ifaddr reference counts.
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Locate an interface based on a complete address.
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
struct ifaddr *
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
ifa_ifwithaddr(struct sockaddr *addr)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family)
continue;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_addr)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
goto done;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
/* IP6 doesn't have broadcast */
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) &&
ifa->ifa_broadaddr &&
ifa->ifa_broadaddr->sa_len != 0 &&
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
sa_equal(ifa->ifa_broadaddr, addr)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
goto done;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
}
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
ifa = NULL;
done:
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
return (ifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
Fix the socket option IP_ONESBCAST by giving it its own case in ip_output() and skip over the normal IP processing. Add a supporting function ifa_ifwithbroadaddr() to verify and validate the supplied subnet broadcast address. PR: kern/99558 Tested by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher-at-yandex.ru> Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005 MFC after: 3 days
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
/*
* Locate an interface based on the broadcast address.
*/
/* ARGSUSED */
struct ifaddr *
ifa_ifwithbroadaddr(struct sockaddr *addr)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Fix the socket option IP_ONESBCAST by giving it its own case in ip_output() and skip over the normal IP processing. Add a supporting function ifa_ifwithbroadaddr() to verify and validate the supplied subnet broadcast address. PR: kern/99558 Tested by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher-at-yandex.ru> Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005 MFC after: 3 days
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
IFNET_RLOCK();
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Fix the socket option IP_ONESBCAST by giving it its own case in ip_output() and skip over the normal IP processing. Add a supporting function ifa_ifwithbroadaddr() to verify and validate the supplied subnet broadcast address. PR: kern/99558 Tested by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher-at-yandex.ru> Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005 MFC after: 3 days
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family)
continue;
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_BROADCAST) &&
ifa->ifa_broadaddr &&
ifa->ifa_broadaddr->sa_len != 0 &&
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
sa_equal(ifa->ifa_broadaddr, addr)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Fix the socket option IP_ONESBCAST by giving it its own case in ip_output() and skip over the normal IP processing. Add a supporting function ifa_ifwithbroadaddr() to verify and validate the supplied subnet broadcast address. PR: kern/99558 Tested by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher-at-yandex.ru> Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005 MFC after: 3 days
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
goto done;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
}
Fix the socket option IP_ONESBCAST by giving it its own case in ip_output() and skip over the normal IP processing. Add a supporting function ifa_ifwithbroadaddr() to verify and validate the supplied subnet broadcast address. PR: kern/99558 Tested by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher-at-yandex.ru> Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005 MFC after: 3 days
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
}
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
}
Fix the socket option IP_ONESBCAST by giving it its own case in ip_output() and skip over the normal IP processing. Add a supporting function ifa_ifwithbroadaddr() to verify and validate the supplied subnet broadcast address. PR: kern/99558 Tested by: Andrey V. Elsukov <bu7cher-at-yandex.ru> Sponsored by: TCP/IP Optimization Fundraise 2005 MFC after: 3 days
2006-09-06 17:12:10 +00:00
ifa = NULL;
done:
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (ifa);
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Locate the point to point interface with a given destination address.
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
struct ifaddr *
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
ifa_ifwithdstaddr(struct sockaddr *addr)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) == 0)
continue;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Another round of the <sys/queue.h> FOREACH transmogriffer. Created with: sed(1) Reviewed by: md5(1)
2001-02-04 16:08:18 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != addr->sa_family)
continue;
Make the checks for ptp interfaces in ifa_ifwithdstaddr() and ifa_ifwithnet() look more similar by comparing the pointer to NULL in both cases. MFC after: 3 months
2008-08-24 11:03:43 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr != NULL &&
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
goto done;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
}
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
ifa = NULL;
done:
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
return (ifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Find an interface on a specific network. If many, choice
* is most specific found.
*/
struct ifaddr *
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
ifa_ifwithnet(struct sockaddr *addr)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa_maybe = (struct ifaddr *) 0;
u_int af = addr->sa_family;
char *addr_data = addr->sa_data, *cplim;
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
/*
* AF_LINK addresses can be looked up directly by their index number,
* so do that if we can.
*/
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (af == AF_LINK) {
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)addr;
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
if (sdl->sdl_index && sdl->sdl_index <= V_if_index)
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
return (ifaddr_byindex(sdl->sdl_index));
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
* Scan though each interface, looking for ones that have
* addresses in this address family.
*/
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Another round of the <sys/queue.h> FOREACH transmogriffer. Created with: sed(1) Reviewed by: md5(1)
2001-02-04 16:08:18 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
char *cp, *cp2, *cp3;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Don't skip point-to-point interfaces if the netmask==0 (the netmask should be completely ignored for point-to-point interfaces). For point-to-point interfaces, route based on the destination address, not the local address. Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-06-28 05:31:03 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != af)
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
next: continue;
Make `route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0' work actually. The change between 1.13 and 1.14 is specific to AF_INET. MFC after: 1 week
2002-04-01 16:17:13 +00:00
if (af == AF_INET && ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) {
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
/*
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
* This is a bit broken as it doesn't
* take into account that the remote end may
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
* be a single node in the network we are
* looking for.
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
* The trouble is that we don't know the
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
* netmask for the remote end.
*/
Make the checks for ptp interfaces in ifa_ifwithdstaddr() and ifa_ifwithnet() look more similar by comparing the pointer to NULL in both cases. MFC after: 3 months
2008-08-24 11:03:43 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_dstaddr != NULL &&
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
goto done;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
}
Took out P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option and made it standard.
1995-06-15 00:19:56 +00:00
} else {
Add a per-interface-address pointer to a function that can be supplied by a protocol, to detirmine if an address matches the net this address is part of. This is needed by protocols for which netmasks "just don't work", for example appletalk. Also add the code in appletalk to make use of this new feature. Thsi fixes one of the longest standing bugs in appletalk. The inability to talk to machines to which the path is via a router which is on a different net, but the same netrange, as your interface. Protocols that do not supply this function (e.g. IP) should not be affected.
1997-08-28 01:17:12 +00:00
/*
* if we have a special address handler,
* then use it instead of the generic one.
*/
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_claim_addr) {
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
if ((*ifa->ifa_claim_addr)(ifa, addr)) {
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
goto done;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
continue;
Add a per-interface-address pointer to a function that can be supplied by a protocol, to detirmine if an address matches the net this address is part of. This is needed by protocols for which netmasks "just don't work", for example appletalk. Also add the code in appletalk to make use of this new feature. Thsi fixes one of the longest standing bugs in appletalk. The inability to talk to machines to which the path is via a router which is on a different net, but the same netrange, as your interface. Protocols that do not supply this function (e.g. IP) should not be affected.
1997-08-28 01:17:12 +00:00
}
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
/*
* Scan all the bits in the ifa's address.
* If a bit dissagrees with what we are
* looking for, mask it with the netmask
* to see if it really matters.
* (A byte at a time)
*/
Don't skip point-to-point interfaces if the netmask==0 (the netmask should be completely ignored for point-to-point interfaces). For point-to-point interfaces, route based on the destination address, not the local address. Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-06-28 05:31:03 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_netmask == 0)
continue;
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
cp = addr_data;
cp2 = ifa->ifa_addr->sa_data;
cp3 = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_data;
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
cplim = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_len
+ (char *)ifa->ifa_netmask;
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
while (cp3 < cplim)
if ((*cp++ ^ *cp2++) & *cp3++)
add some comments while trying to understand why appletalk gets some things wrong. (part of my continuing "comment it as you understand it" effort :)
1997-08-22 22:47:27 +00:00
goto next; /* next address! */
/*
* If the netmask of what we just found
* is more specific than what we had before
* (if we had one) then remember the new one
* before continuing to search
* for an even better one.
*/
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
if (ifa_maybe == 0 ||
rn_refines((caddr_t)ifa->ifa_netmask,
(caddr_t)ifa_maybe->ifa_netmask))
ifa_maybe = ifa;
}
}
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
}
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
ifa = ifa_maybe;
done:
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
return (ifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Find an interface address specific to an interface best matching
* a given address.
*/
struct ifaddr *
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
ifaof_ifpforaddr(struct sockaddr *addr, struct ifnet *ifp)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
char *cp, *cp2, *cp3;
char *cplim;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa_maybe = 0;
u_int af = addr->sa_family;
if (af >= AF_MAX)
return (0);
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Another round of the <sys/queue.h> FOREACH transmogriffer. Created with: sed(1) Reviewed by: md5(1)
2001-02-04 16:08:18 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family != af)
continue;
Submitted by: archie@whistle.com This is a patch to sys/net/if.c. What it does is patch the algorithm for finding an IP address on an interface which most closely matches a given IP address. The problem with it is when no address matches, and you have to just pick one at random. Then the code ends up picking the last IP address in the list. This patch changes things so it picks up the first address instead. Usually the first address is more useful as the later ones are aliases.
1996-08-07 04:09:05 +00:00
if (ifa_maybe == 0)
ifa_maybe = ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_netmask == 0) {
Rename equal() macro to sa_equal(), which matches the definitions of sa_equal() in other files, and makes it more clear what equal() is comparing. MFC after: 3 days
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_addr) ||
(ifa->ifa_dstaddr &&
sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr)))
Fix sense of comparison in space test. Also eliminate a compile warning and remove a previously existing off-by-one error.
2001-09-07 05:32:54 +00:00
goto done;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
continue;
}
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_POINTOPOINT) {
Rename equal() macro to sa_equal(), which matches the definitions of sa_equal() in other files, and makes it more clear what equal() is comparing. MFC after: 3 days
2005-07-19 10:03:47 +00:00
if (sa_equal(addr, ifa->ifa_dstaddr))
Fix another shortcircuit return() statement that I missed.
2001-09-07 05:39:47 +00:00
goto done;
Took out P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option and made it standard.
1995-06-15 00:19:56 +00:00
} else {
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
cp = addr->sa_data;
cp2 = ifa->ifa_addr->sa_data;
cp3 = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_data;
cplim = ifa->ifa_netmask->sa_len + (char *)ifa->ifa_netmask;
for (; cp3 < cplim; cp3++)
if ((*cp++ ^ *cp2++) & *cp3)
break;
if (cp3 == cplim)
Fix sense of comparison in space test. Also eliminate a compile warning and remove a previously existing off-by-one error.
2001-09-07 05:32:54 +00:00
goto done;
Added a fix for a bug which caused the wrong interface to be selected for broadcasts if point-to-point links shared the same IP address as the ethernet. The fix must be enabled with P2P_LOCALADDR_SHARE option in the kernel config file. This will someday likely be standard, but there isn't sufficient time before release to determine if there are any interoperability problems with routed and/or gated. Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman, and me Submitted by: Peter Wemm
1995-05-27 04:37:24 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
ifa = ifa_maybe;
done:
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Wrap array accesses in macros, which also happen to be lvalues: ifnet_addrs[i - 1] -> ifaddr_byindex(i) ifindex2ifnet[i] -> ifnet_byindex(i) This is intended to ease the conversion to SMPng.
2001-09-06 02:40:43 +00:00
return (ifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
This main goals of this project are: 1. separating L2 tables (ARP, NDP) from the L3 routing tables 2. removing as much locking dependencies among these layers as possible to allow for some parallelism in the search operations 3. simplify the logic in the routing code, The most notable end result is the obsolescent of the route cloning (RTF_CLONING) concept, which translated into code reduction in both IPv4 ARP and IPv6 NDP related modules, and size reduction in struct rtentry{}. The change in design obsoletes the semantics of RTF_CLONING, RTF_WASCLONE and RTF_LLINFO routing flags. The userland applications such as "arp" and "ndp" have been modified to reflect those changes. The output from "netstat -r" shows only the routing entries. Quite a few developers have contributed to this project in the past: Glebius Smirnoff, Luigi Rizzo, Alessandro Cerri, and Andre Oppermann. And most recently: - Kip Macy revised the locking code completely, thus completing the last piece of the puzzle, Kip has also been conducting active functional testing - Sam Leffler has helped me improving/refactoring the code, and provided valuable reviews - Julian Elischer setup the perforce tree for me and has helped me maintaining that branch before the svn conversion
2008-12-15 06:10:57 +00:00
#include <net/route.h>
#include <net/if_llatbl.h>
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Default action when installing a route with a Link Level gateway.
* Lookup an appropriate real ifa to point to.
* This should be moved to /sys/net/link.c eventually.
*/
Staticize, clean lint.
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
link_rtrequest(int cmd, struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa, *oifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct sockaddr *dst;
struct ifnet *ifp;
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (cmd != RTM_ADD || ((ifa = rt->rt_ifa) == 0) ||
((ifp = ifa->ifa_ifp) == 0) || ((dst = rt_key(rt)) == 0))
return;
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
ifa = ifaof_ifpforaddr(dst, ifp);
if (ifa) {
Lock up ifaddr reference counts.
2002-12-18 11:46:59 +00:00
IFAREF(ifa); /* XXX */
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
oifa = rt->rt_ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
Locking for updates to routing table entries. Each rtentry gets a mutex that covers updates to the contents. Note this is separate from holding a reference and/or locking the routing table itself. Other/related changes: o rtredirect loses the final parameter by which an rtentry reference may be returned; this was never used and added unwarranted complexity for locking. o minor style cleanups to routing code (e.g. ansi-fy function decls) o remove the logic to bump the refcnt on the parent of cloned routes, we assume the parent will remain as long as the clone; doing this avoids a circularity in locking during delete o convert some timeouts to MPSAFE callouts Notes: 1. rt_mtx in struct rtentry is guarded by #ifdef _KERNEL as user-level applications cannot/do-no know about mutex's. Doing this requires that the mutex be the last element in the structure. A better solution is to introduce an externalized version of struct rtentry but this is a major task because of the intertwining of rtentry and other data structures that are visible to user applications. 2. There are known LOR's that are expected to go away with forthcoming work to eliminate many held references. If not these will be resolved prior to release. 3. ATM changes are untested. Sponsored by: FreeBSD Foundation Obtained from: BSD/OS (partly)
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
IFAFREE(oifa);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_rtrequest && ifa->ifa_rtrequest != link_rtrequest)
Pull post-4.4BSD change to sys/net/route.c from BSD/OS 4.2. Have sys/net/route.c:rtrequest1(), which takes ``rt_addrinfo *'' as the argument. Pass rt_addrinfo all the way down to rtrequest1 and ifa->ifa_rtrequest. 3rd argument of ifa->ifa_rtrequest is now ``rt_addrinfo *'' instead of ``sockaddr *'' (almost noone is using it anyways). Benefit: the following command now works. Previously we needed two route(8) invocations, "add" then "change". # route add -inet6 default ::1 -ifp gif0 Remove unsafe typecast in rtrequest(), from ``rtentry *'' to ``sockaddr *''. It was introduced by 4.3BSD-Reno and never corrected. Obtained from: BSD/OS, NetBSD MFC after: 1 month PR: kern/28360
2001-10-17 18:07:05 +00:00
ifa->ifa_rtrequest(cmd, rt, info);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
}
/*
* Mark an interface down and notify protocols of
* the transition.
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
*/
Make if_(un)route static in if.c as they are called from if_up/if_down only. This is also cleanup to make locking easier. Reviewed by: luigi Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_unroute(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int fam)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
KASSERT(flag == IFF_UP, ("if_unroute: flag != IFF_UP"));
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
ifp->if_flags &= ~flag;
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link)
if (fam == PF_UNSPEC || (fam == ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family))
pfctlinput(PRC_IFDOWN, ifa->ifa_addr);
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
ifp->if_qflush(ifp);
export if_qflush for use by driver if_qflush routines only set ifp->if_{transmit, qflush} if not already set KASSERT that neither or both are set
2009-04-16 23:05:10 +00:00
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing. Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride. FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier. Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
#ifdef DEV_CARP
if (ifp->if_carp)
carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp);
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
}
/*
* Mark an interface up and notify protocols of
* the transition.
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
*/
Make if_(un)route static in if.c as they are called from if_up/if_down only. This is also cleanup to make locking easier. Reviewed by: luigi Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-04-18 18:59:44 +00:00
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_route(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int fam)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct ifaddr *ifa;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
KASSERT(flag == IFF_UP, ("if_route: flag != IFF_UP"));
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
ifp->if_flags |= flag;
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link)
if (fam == PF_UNSPEC || (fam == ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family))
pfctlinput(PRC_IFUP, ifa->ifa_addr);
Add CARP (Common Address Redundancy Protocol), which allows multiple hosts to share an IP address, providing high availability and load balancing. Original work on CARP done by Michael Shalayeff, with many additions by Marco Pfatschbacher and Ryan McBride. FreeBSD port done solely by Max Laier. Patch by: mlaier Obtained from: OpenBSD (mickey, mcbride)
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
#ifdef DEV_CARP
if (ifp->if_carp)
carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp);
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
#ifdef INET6
in6_if_up(ifp);
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Cleanup link state change notification: o add new if_link_state_change routine that deals with link state changes o change mii to use if_link_state_change
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
void (*vlan_link_state_p)(struct ifnet *, int); /* XXX: private from if_vlan */
Merge the //depot/user/yar/vlan branch into CVS. It contains some collective work by yar, thompsa and myself. The checksum offloading part also involves work done by Mihail Balikov. The most important changes: o Instead of global linked list of all vlan softc use a per-trunk hash. The size of hash is dynamically adjusted, depending on number of entries. This changes struct ifnet, replacing counter of vlans with a pointer to trunk structure. This change is an improvement for setups with big number of VLANs, several interfaces and several CPUs. It is a small regression for a setup with a single VLAN interface. An alternative to dynamic hash is a per-trunk static array with 4096 entries, which is a compile time option - VLAN_ARRAY. In my experiments the array is not an improvement, probably because such a big trunk structure doesn't fit into CPU cache. o Introduce an UMA zone for VLAN tags. Since drivers depend on it, the zone is declared in kern_mbuf.c, not in optional vlan(4) driver. This change is a big improvement for any setup utilizing vlan(4). o Use rwlock(9) instead of mutex(9) for locking. We are the first ones to do this! :) o Some drivers can do hardware VLAN tagging + hardware checksum offloading. Add an infrastructure for this. Whenever vlan(4) is attached to a parent or parent configuration is changed, the flags on vlan(4) interface are updated. In collaboration with: yar, thompsa In collaboration with: Mihail Balikov <mihail.balikov interbgc.com>
2006-01-30 13:45:15 +00:00
void (*vlan_trunk_cap_p)(struct ifnet *); /* XXX: private from if_vlan */
Cleanup link state change notification: o add new if_link_state_change routine that deals with link state changes o change mii to use if_link_state_change
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
/*
Do not call all link state callbacks directly, but schedule a taskqueue(9) task. This fixes LORs and adds possibility to serve such events pseudorecursively, when link state change of interface causes subsequent change on other interfaces. Sponsored by: Rambler Reviewed by: sam, brooks, mux
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
* Handle a change in the interface link state. To avoid LORs
* between driver lock and upper layer locks, as well as possible
* recursions, we post event to taskqueue, and all job
* is done in static do_link_state_change().
Cleanup link state change notification: o add new if_link_state_change routine that deals with link state changes o change mii to use if_link_state_change
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
*/
void
if_link_state_change(struct ifnet *ifp, int link_state)
{
- In if_link_state_change() extract function body from if-block, to improve readability. - Call carp_carpdev_state() from if_link_state_change() if interface has associated CARP interface. Sponsored by: Rambler
2005-02-22 14:21:59 +00:00
/* Return if state hasn't changed. */
if (ifp->if_link_state == link_state)
return;
ifp->if_link_state = link_state;
Do not call all link state callbacks directly, but schedule a taskqueue(9) task. This fixes LORs and adds possibility to serve such events pseudorecursively, when link state change of interface causes subsequent change on other interfaces. Sponsored by: Rambler Reviewed by: sam, brooks, mux
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
taskqueue_enqueue(taskqueue_swi, &ifp->if_linktask);
}
static void
do_link_state_change(void *arg, int pending)
{
struct ifnet *ifp = (struct ifnet *)arg;
int link_state = ifp->if_link_state;
int link;
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
CURVNET_SET(ifp->if_vnet);
Do not call all link state callbacks directly, but schedule a taskqueue(9) task. This fixes LORs and adds possibility to serve such events pseudorecursively, when link state change of interface causes subsequent change on other interfaces. Sponsored by: Rambler Reviewed by: sam, brooks, mux
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
Cleanup link state change notification: o add new if_link_state_change routine that deals with link state changes o change mii to use if_link_state_change
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
/* Notify that the link state has changed. */
- In if_link_state_change() extract function body from if-block, to improve readability. - Call carp_carpdev_state() from if_link_state_change() if interface has associated CARP interface. Sponsored by: Rambler
2005-02-22 14:21:59 +00:00
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
if (link_state == LINK_STATE_UP)
link = NOTE_LINKUP;
else if (link_state == LINK_STATE_DOWN)
link = NOTE_LINKDOWN;
else
link = NOTE_LINKINV;
KNOTE_UNLOCKED(&ifp->if_klist, link);
Merge the //depot/user/yar/vlan branch into CVS. It contains some collective work by yar, thompsa and myself. The checksum offloading part also involves work done by Mihail Balikov. The most important changes: o Instead of global linked list of all vlan softc use a per-trunk hash. The size of hash is dynamically adjusted, depending on number of entries. This changes struct ifnet, replacing counter of vlans with a pointer to trunk structure. This change is an improvement for setups with big number of VLANs, several interfaces and several CPUs. It is a small regression for a setup with a single VLAN interface. An alternative to dynamic hash is a per-trunk static array with 4096 entries, which is a compile time option - VLAN_ARRAY. In my experiments the array is not an improvement, probably because such a big trunk structure doesn't fit into CPU cache. o Introduce an UMA zone for VLAN tags. Since drivers depend on it, the zone is declared in kern_mbuf.c, not in optional vlan(4) driver. This change is a big improvement for any setup utilizing vlan(4). o Use rwlock(9) instead of mutex(9) for locking. We are the first ones to do this! :) o Some drivers can do hardware VLAN tagging + hardware checksum offloading. Add an infrastructure for this. Whenever vlan(4) is attached to a parent or parent configuration is changed, the flags on vlan(4) interface are updated. In collaboration with: yar, thompsa In collaboration with: Mihail Balikov <mihail.balikov interbgc.com>
2006-01-30 13:45:15 +00:00
if (ifp->if_vlantrunk != NULL)
- In if_link_state_change() extract function body from if-block, to improve readability. - Call carp_carpdev_state() from if_link_state_change() if interface has associated CARP interface. Sponsored by: Rambler
2005-02-22 14:21:59 +00:00
(*vlan_link_state_p)(ifp, link);
if ((ifp->if_type == IFT_ETHER || ifp->if_type == IFT_L2VLAN) &&
IFP2AC(ifp)->ac_netgraph != NULL)
(*ng_ether_link_state_p)(ifp, link_state);
#ifdef DEV_CARP
if (ifp->if_carp)
carp_carpdev_state(ifp->if_carp);
#endif
Add hooks into the networking layer to support if_bridge. This changes struct ifnet so a buildworld is necessary. Approved by: mlaier (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
if (ifp->if_bridge) {
KASSERT(bstp_linkstate_p != NULL,("if_bridge bstp not loaded!"));
(*bstp_linkstate_p)(ifp, link_state);
}
Rename the trunk(4) driver to lagg(4) as it is too similar to vlan trunking. The name trunk is misused as the networking term trunk means carrying multiple VLANs over a single connection. The IEEE standard for link aggregation (802.3 section 3) does not talk about 'trunk' at all while it is used throughout IEEE 802.1Q in describing vlans. The lagg(4) driver provides link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance. Discussed on: current@
2007-04-17 00:35:11 +00:00
if (ifp->if_lagg) {
KASSERT(lagg_linkstate_p != NULL,("if_lagg not loaded!"));
(*lagg_linkstate_p)(ifp, link_state);
Add the trunk(4) driver for providing link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance. This driver allows aggregation of multiple network interfaces as one virtual interface using a number of different protocols/algorithms. failover - Sends traffic through the secondary port if the master becomes inactive. fec - Supports Cisco Fast EtherChannel. lacp - Supports the IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) and the Marker Protocol. loadbalance - Static loadbalancing using an outgoing hash. roundrobin - Distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through all active ports. This code was obtained from OpenBSD and this also includes 802.3ad LACP support from agr(4) in NetBSD.
2007-04-10 00:27:25 +00:00
}
Add hooks into the networking layer to support if_bridge. This changes struct ifnet so a buildworld is necessary. Approved by: mlaier (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
Change the curvnet variable from a global const struct vnet *, previously always pointing to the default vnet context, to a dynamically changing thread-local one. The currvnet context should be set on entry to networking code via CURVNET_SET() macros, and reverted to previous state via CURVNET_RESTORE(). Recursions on curvnet are permitted, though strongly discuouraged. This change should have no functional impact on nooptions VIMAGE kernel builds, where CURVNET_* macros expand to whitespace. The curthread->td_vnet (aka curvnet) variable's purpose is to be an indicator of the vnet context in which the current network-related operation takes place, in case we cannot deduce the current vnet context from any other source, such as by looking at mbuf's m->m_pkthdr.rcvif->if_vnet, sockets's so->so_vnet etc. Moreover, so far curvnet has turned out to be an invaluable consistency checking aid: it helps to catch cases when sockets, ifnets or any other vnet-aware structures may have leaked from one vnet to another. The exact placement of the CURVNET_SET() / CURVNET_RESTORE() macros was a result of an empirical iterative process, whith an aim to reduce recursions on CURVNET_SET() to a minimum, while still reducing the scope of CURVNET_SET() to networking only operations - the alternative would be calling CURVNET_SET() on each system call entry. In general, curvnet has to be set in three typicall cases: when processing socket-related requests from userspace or from within the kernel; when processing inbound traffic flowing from device drivers to upper layers of the networking stack, and when executing timer-driven networking functions. This change also introduces a DDB subcommand to show the list of all vnet instances. Approved by: julian (mentor)
2009-05-05 10:56:12 +00:00
if (IS_DEFAULT_VNET(curvnet))
devctl_notify("IFNET", ifp->if_xname,
(link_state == LINK_STATE_UP) ? "LINK_UP" : "LINK_DOWN",
NULL);
Do not call all link state callbacks directly, but schedule a taskqueue(9) task. This fixes LORs and adds possibility to serve such events pseudorecursively, when link state change of interface causes subsequent change on other interfaces. Sponsored by: Rambler Reviewed by: sam, brooks, mux
2005-04-20 09:30:54 +00:00
if (pending > 1)
if_printf(ifp, "%d link states coalesced\n", pending);
Add a sysctl net.link.log_link_state_change, which allows to suppress logging of interface link state changes. Requested by: sam, kan
2005-03-12 12:58:03 +00:00
if (log_link_state_change)
log(LOG_NOTICE, "%s: link state changed to %s\n", ifp->if_xname,
(link_state == LINK_STATE_UP) ? "UP" : "DOWN" );
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
CURVNET_RESTORE();
Cleanup link state change notification: o add new if_link_state_change routine that deals with link state changes o change mii to use if_link_state_change
2004-12-08 05:45:59 +00:00
}
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
/*
* Mark an interface down and notify protocols of
* the transition.
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
*/
void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_down(struct ifnet *ifp)
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
{
if_unroute(ifp, IFF_UP, AF_UNSPEC);
}
/*
* Mark an interface up and notify protocols of
* the transition.
* NOTE: must be called at splnet or eqivalent.
*/
void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_up(struct ifnet *ifp)
Generalize the if_up() and if_down() functions under the names if_route() and if_unroute(). This is first step towards sanitizing IFF_UP and IFF_RUNNING
1998-12-16 18:30:43 +00:00
{
if_route(ifp, IFF_UP, AF_UNSPEC);
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Flush an interface queue.
*/
export if_qflush for use by driver if_qflush routines only set ifp->if_{transmit, qflush} if not already set KASSERT that neither or both are set
2009-04-16 23:05:10 +00:00
void
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
if_qflush(struct ifnet *ifp)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct mbuf *m, *n;
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
struct ifaltq *ifq;
ifq = &ifp->if_snd;
Fix an assertion when if_down()ing a ALTQ managed interface. The lock should have been in place all the time the mtx_assert in the ALTQ code just discovered the shortcoming. PR: i386/71195 Tested by: Bettan (PR originator), myself MFC after: 5 days
2004-09-01 19:56:47 +00:00
IFQ_LOCK(ifq);
Link ALTQ to the build and break with ABI for struct ifnet. Please recompile your (network) modules as well as any userland that might make sense of sizeof(struct ifnet). This does not change the queueing yet. These changes will follow in a seperate commit. Same with the driver changes, which need case by case evaluation. __FreeBSD_version bump will follow. Tested-by: (i386)LINT
2004-06-13 17:29:10 +00:00
#ifdef ALTQ
if (ALTQ_IS_ENABLED(ifq))
ALTQ_PURGE(ifq);
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
n = ifq->ifq_head;
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
while ((m = n) != 0) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
n = m->m_act;
m_freem(m);
}
ifq->ifq_head = 0;
ifq->ifq_tail = 0;
ifq->ifq_len = 0;
Fix an assertion when if_down()ing a ALTQ managed interface. The lock should have been in place all the time the mtx_assert in the ALTQ code just discovered the shortcoming. PR: i386/71195 Tested by: Bettan (PR originator), myself MFC after: 5 days
2004-09-01 19:56:47 +00:00
IFQ_UNLOCK(ifq);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
/*
* Handle interface watchdog timer routines. Called
* from softclock, we decrement timers (if set) and
* call the appropriate interface routine on expiration.
Add a new network interface flag, IFF_NEEDSGIANT, which will allow device drivers to declare that the ifp->if_start() method implemented by the driver requires Giant in order to operate correctly. Add a 'struct task' to 'struct ifnet' that can be used to execute a deferred ifp->if_start() in the event that if_start needs to be called in a Giant-free environment. To do this, introduce if_start(), a wrapper function for ifp->if_start(). If the interface can run MPSAFE, it directly dispatches into the interface start routine. If it can't run MPSAFE, we're running with debug.mpsafenet != 0, and Giant isn't currently held, the task is queued to execute in a swi holding Giant via if_start_deferred(). Modify if_handoff() to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. Modify 802.11 to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. This is intended to provide increased compatibility for non-MPSAFE network device drivers in the presence of Giant-free operation via asynchronous dispatch. However, this commit does not mark any network interfaces as IFF_NEEDSGIANT.
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
*
* XXXRW: Note that because timeouts run with Giant, if_watchdog() is called
Remove IFF_NEEDSGIANT, a compatibility infrastructure introduced in FreeBSD 5.x to allow network device drivers to run with Giant despite the network stack being Giant-free. This significantly simplifies calls into ioctl() on network interfaces, especially in the multicast code, as well as eliminates deferred invocation of interface if_start routines. Disable the build on device drivers still depending on IFF_NEEDSGIANT as they no longer compile. They will be removed in a few weeks if they haven't been made MPSAFE in that time. Disabled drivers: if_ar if_axe if_aue if_cdce if_cue if_kue if_ray if_rue if_rum if_sr if_udav if_ural if_zyd Drivers that were already disabled because of tty changes: if_ppp if_sl Discussed on: arch@
2009-03-15 14:21:05 +00:00
* holding Giant.
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
Staticize, clean lint.
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
static void
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_slowtimo(void *arg)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
VNET_ITERATOR_DECL(vnet_iter);
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int s = splimp();
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
VNET_LIST_RLOCK();
VNET_FOREACH(vnet_iter) {
CURVNET_SET(vnet_iter);
INIT_VNET_NET(vnet_iter);
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
if (ifp->if_timer == 0 || --ifp->if_timer)
continue;
if (ifp->if_watchdog)
(*ifp->if_watchdog)(ifp);
}
CURVNET_RESTORE();
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
VNET_LIST_RUNLOCK();
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
splx(s);
timeout(if_slowtimo, (void *)0, hz / IFNET_SLOWHZ);
}
/*
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
* Map interface name to interface structure pointer, with or without
* returning a reference.
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
struct ifnet *
ifunit_ref(const char *name)
{
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
struct ifnet *ifp;
IFNET_RLOCK();
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
As with ifnet_byindex_ref(), don't return IFF_DYING interfaces from ifunit_ref(). ifunit() continues to return them. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 15:56:01 +00:00
if (strncmp(name, ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ) == 0 &&
!(ifp->if_flags & IFF_DYING))
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
break;
}
if (ifp != NULL)
if_ref(ifp);
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
return (ifp);
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
struct ifnet *
Add kernel infrastructure for network device cloning. Reviewed by: ru, ume Obtained from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 week
2001-07-02 20:49:25 +00:00
ifunit(const char *name)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Allow ifunit() routine to understand names like ed0f2. Also fix a bug caused by using bcmp() instead of strcmp(). Reviewed by: Garrett Wollman <wollman@khavrinen.lcs.mit.edu>
1999-12-13 15:57:11 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
Cleanup ifunit(), so it uses the dev_named() function to map an interface name into a device.
2001-10-17 18:58:14 +00:00
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
if (strncmp(name, ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ) == 0)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
break;
}
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (ifp);
}
/*
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
* Hardware specific interface ioctls.
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
*/
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
static int
ifhwioctl(u_long cmd, struct ifnet *ifp, caddr_t data, struct thread *td)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
struct ifreq *ifr;
Add a new interface ioctl, to return "aux status". This is inteded for to allow ifconfig to print various unstructured information from an interface. The data is returned from the kernel in ASCII form, see the comment in if.h for some technicalities. Canonical cut&paste example to be found in if_tun.c Initial use: Now tun* interfaces tell the PID of the process which opened them. Future uses could be (volounteers welcome!): Have ppp/slip interfaces tell which tty they use. Make sync interfaces return their media state: red/yellow/blue alarm, timeslot assignment and so on. Make ethernets warn about missing heartbeats and/or cables
1999-06-19 18:42:31 +00:00
struct ifstat *ifs;
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
int error = 0;
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
int new_flags, temp_flags;
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
size_t namelen, onamelen;
char new_name[IFNAMSIZ];
struct ifaddr *ifa;
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
ifr = (struct ifreq *)data;
switch (cmd) {
Add a SIOCGIFINDEX ioctl, which returns the index of a named interface. This will be used to more efficiently support if_nametoindex(3).
2001-10-17 19:40:44 +00:00
case SIOCGIFINDEX:
ifr->ifr_index = ifp->if_index;
break;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
case SIOCGIFFLAGS:
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
temp_flags = ifp->if_flags | ifp->if_drv_flags;
ifr->ifr_flags = temp_flags & 0xffff;
ifr->ifr_flagshigh = temp_flags >> 16;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
break;
Add two fields to the ifnet structure indicating what extra capabilities a network device has, and which ones are enabled.
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
case SIOCGIFCAP:
ifr->ifr_reqcap = ifp->if_capabilities;
ifr->ifr_curcap = ifp->if_capenable;
break;
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control. Introduce two ioctls, SIOCGIFMAC, SIOCSIFMAC, which permit user processes to manage the MAC labels on network interfaces. Note that this is part of the user process API/ABI that will be revised prior to 5.0-RELEASE. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
#ifdef MAC
case SIOCGIFMAC:
Merge first in a series of TrustedBSD MAC Framework KPI changes from Mac OS X Leopard--rationalize naming for entry points to the following general forms: mac_<object>_<method/action> mac_<object>_check_<method/action> The previous naming scheme was inconsistent and mostly reversed from the new scheme. Also, make object types more consistent and remove spaces from object types that contain multiple parts ("posix_sem" -> "posixsem") to make mechanical parsing easier. Introduce a new "netinet" object type for certain IPv4/IPv6-related methods. Also simplify, slightly, some entry point names. All MAC policy modules will need to be recompiled, and modules not updates as part of this commit will need to be modified to conform to the new KPI. Sponsored by: SPARTA (original patches against Mac OS X) Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project, Apple Computer
2007-10-24 19:04:04 +00:00
error = mac_ifnet_ioctl_get(td->td_ucred, ifr, ifp);
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control. Introduce two ioctls, SIOCGIFMAC, SIOCSIFMAC, which permit user processes to manage the MAC labels on network interfaces. Note that this is part of the user process API/ABI that will be revised prior to 5.0-RELEASE. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
break;
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
case SIOCGIFMETRIC:
ifr->ifr_metric = ifp->if_metric;
break;
Added ioctl support for SIOCGIFMTU and SIOCSIFMTU. These set the per- interface MTU.
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
case SIOCGIFMTU:
ifr->ifr_mtu = ifp->if_mtu;
break;
Add generic part of generic multiple-physical-interface support (the successor of IFF_ALTPHYS).
1994-12-21 22:57:05 +00:00
case SIOCGIFPHYS:
ifr->ifr_phys = ifp->if_physical;
break;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
case SIOCSIFFLAGS:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFFLAGS);
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
if (error)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (error);
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
/*
* Currently, no driver owned flags pass the IFF_CANTCHANGE
* check, so we don't need special handling here yet.
*/
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's. Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
new_flags = (ifr->ifr_flags & 0xffff) |
(ifr->ifr_flagshigh << 16);
Introduce IFF_SMART bit. This means that the driver will add/delete routes when it knows it is up/down, rather than have the generic code belive it is up if configured. This is probably most useful for serial lines, although many PHY chips could probably tell us if we're connected to the cable/hub as well.
1999-06-06 09:17:51 +00:00
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_SMART) {
/* Smart drivers twiddle their own routes */
typo in previous commit
1999-06-06 09:28:01 +00:00
} else if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP &&
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's. Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
(new_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int s = splimp();
if_down(ifp);
splx(s);
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's. Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
} else if (new_flags & IFF_UP &&
Introduce IFF_SMART bit. This means that the driver will add/delete routes when it knows it is up/down, rather than have the generic code belive it is up if configured. This is probably most useful for serial lines, although many PHY chips could probably tell us if we're connected to the cable/hub as well.
1999-06-06 09:17:51 +00:00
(ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) == 0) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int s = splimp();
if_up(ifp);
splx(s);
}
Log a message about entering or leaving permanently promiscuous mode, as it is done for usual promiscuous mode already. This info is important because promiscuous mode in the hands of a malicious party can jeopardize the whole network.
2005-10-03 01:47:43 +00:00
/* See if permanently promiscuous mode bit is about to flip */
if ((ifp->if_flags ^ new_flags) & IFF_PPROMISC) {
if (new_flags & IFF_PPROMISC)
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_PROMISC;
else if (ifp->if_pcount == 0)
ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_PROMISC;
log(LOG_INFO, "%s: permanently promiscuous mode %s\n",
ifp->if_xname,
(new_flags & IFF_PPROMISC) ? "enabled" : "disabled");
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
ifp->if_flags = (ifp->if_flags & IFF_CANTCHANGE) |
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's. Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
(new_flags &~ IFF_CANTCHANGE);
Define IFF_LOCKGIANT() and IFF_UNLOCKGIANT() macros, which conditionally acquire Giant if the passed interface has IFF_NEEDSGIANT set on it. Modify calls into (ifp)->if_ioctl() in if.c to use these macros in order to ensure that Giant is held. MFC after: 3 days Bumped into by: jmg
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl) {
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
(void) (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
Define IFF_LOCKGIANT() and IFF_UNLOCKGIANT() macros, which conditionally acquire Giant if the passed interface has IFF_NEEDSGIANT set on it. Modify calls into (ifp)->if_ioctl() in if.c to use these macros in order to ensure that Giant is held. MFC after: 3 days Bumped into by: jmg
2004-10-19 18:11:55 +00:00
}
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
break;
Add two fields to the ifnet structure indicating what extra capabilities a network device has, and which ones are enabled.
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
case SIOCSIFCAP:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFCAP);
Add two fields to the ifnet structure indicating what extra capabilities a network device has, and which ones are enabled.
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
if (error)
return (error);
Improve the SIOCSIFCAP handler a bit: - allow for ifp->if_ioctl being NULL, as the rest of ifioctl() does; - give the interface driver a chance to report a error to the caller; - don't forget to update ifp->if_lastchange upon successful modification of interface operation parameters.
2004-02-21 12:48:25 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Add two fields to the ifnet structure indicating what extra capabilities a network device has, and which ones are enabled.
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
if (ifr->ifr_reqcap & ~ifp->if_capabilities)
return (EINVAL);
Improve the SIOCSIFCAP handler a bit: - allow for ifp->if_ioctl being NULL, as the rest of ifioctl() does; - give the interface driver a chance to report a error to the caller; - don't forget to update ifp->if_lastchange upon successful modification of interface operation parameters.
2004-02-21 12:48:25 +00:00
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
if (error == 0)
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Add two fields to the ifnet structure indicating what extra capabilities a network device has, and which ones are enabled.
2001-09-18 17:41:42 +00:00
break;
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control. Introduce two ioctls, SIOCGIFMAC, SIOCSIFMAC, which permit user processes to manage the MAC labels on network interfaces. Note that this is part of the user process API/ABI that will be revised prior to 5.0-RELEASE. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
#ifdef MAC
case SIOCSIFMAC:
Merge first in a series of TrustedBSD MAC Framework KPI changes from Mac OS X Leopard--rationalize naming for entry points to the following general forms: mac_<object>_<method/action> mac_<object>_check_<method/action> The previous naming scheme was inconsistent and mostly reversed from the new scheme. Also, make object types more consistent and remove spaces from object types that contain multiple parts ("posix_sem" -> "posixsem") to make mechanical parsing easier. Introduce a new "netinet" object type for certain IPv4/IPv6-related methods. Also simplify, slightly, some entry point names. All MAC policy modules will need to be recompiled, and modules not updates as part of this commit will need to be modified to conform to the new KPI. Sponsored by: SPARTA (original patches against Mac OS X) Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project, Apple Computer
2007-10-24 19:04:04 +00:00
error = mac_ifnet_ioctl_set(td->td_ucred, ifr, ifp);
Introduce support for Mandatory Access Control and extensible kernel access control. Introduce two ioctls, SIOCGIFMAC, SIOCSIFMAC, which permit user processes to manage the MAC labels on network interfaces. Note that this is part of the user process API/ABI that will be revised prior to 5.0-RELEASE. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Sponsored by: DARPA, NAI Labs
2002-08-01 21:15:53 +00:00
break;
#endif
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
case SIOCSIFNAME:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFNAME);
if (error)
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
return (error);
error = copyinstr(ifr->ifr_data, new_name, IFNAMSIZ, NULL);
Don't allow interfaces to be renamed to the empty string. While I'm here, errors aren't bools. Pointed out by: hmp
2004-03-13 02:35:03 +00:00
if (error != 0)
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
return (error);
Don't allow interfaces to be renamed to the empty string. While I'm here, errors aren't bools. Pointed out by: hmp
2004-03-13 02:35:03 +00:00
if (new_name[0] == '\0')
return (EINVAL);
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
if (ifunit(new_name) != NULL)
return (EEXIST);
/* Announce the departure of the interface. */
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_DEPARTURE);
Move eventhandler for 'ifnet_departure_event' at the end of the progress. Some of the (IPv6) cleanup functions send packets to inform peers of the departure. These packets confused users of ifnet_departure_event (pf at the moment). PR: kern/80627 Tested by: Divacky Roman MFC after: 1 week
2005-07-14 20:26:43 +00:00
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_departure_event, ifp);
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
Log the renaming of an interface. This should make it easier to follow kernel log files.
2004-09-18 05:02:08 +00:00
log(LOG_INFO, "%s: changing name to '%s'\n",
ifp->if_xname, new_name);
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
strlcpy(ifp->if_xname, new_name, sizeof(ifp->if_xname));
- Store pointer to the link-level address right in "struct ifnet" rather than in ifindex_table[]; all (except one) accesses are through ifp anyway. IF_LLADDR() works faster, and all (except one) ifaddr_byindex() users were converted to use ifp->if_addr. - Stop storing a (pointer to) Ethernet address in "struct arpcom", and drop the IFP2ENADDR() macro; all users have been converted to use IF_LLADDR() instead.
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
ifa = ifp->if_addr;
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
IFA_LOCK(ifa);
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr;
namelen = strlen(new_name);
onamelen = sdl->sdl_nlen;
/*
* Move the address if needed. This is safe because we
* allocate space for a name of length IFNAMSIZ when we
* create this in if_attach().
*/
if (namelen != onamelen) {
bcopy(sdl->sdl_data + onamelen,
sdl->sdl_data + namelen, sdl->sdl_alen);
}
bcopy(new_name, sdl->sdl_data, namelen);
sdl->sdl_nlen = namelen;
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_netmask;
bzero(sdl->sdl_data, onamelen);
while (namelen != 0)
sdl->sdl_data[--namelen] = 0xff;
IFA_UNLOCK(ifa);
Bring eventhandler callbacks for pf. This enables pf to track dynamic address changes on interfaces (dailup) with the "on (<ifname>)"-syntax. This also brings hooks in anticipation of tracking cloned interfaces, which will be in future versions of pf. Approved by: bms(mentor)
2004-02-26 04:27:55 +00:00
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(ifnet_arrival_event, ifp);
Add the kernel side of network interface renaming support. The basic process is to send a routing socket announcement that the interface has departed, change if_xname, update the sockaddr_dl associated with the interface, and announce the arrival of the interface on the routing socket. As part of this change, ifunit() is greatly simplified by testing if_xname directly. if_clone_destroy() now uses if_dname to look up the cloner for the interface and if_dunit to identify the unit number. Reviewed by: ru, sam (concept) Vincent Jardin <vjardin AT free.fr> Max Laier <max AT love2party.net>
2004-02-04 02:54:25 +00:00
/* Announce the return of the interface. */
rt_ifannouncemsg(ifp, IFAN_ARRIVAL);
break;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
case SIOCSIFMETRIC:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFMETRIC);
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
if (error)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (error);
ifp->if_metric = ifr->ifr_metric;
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
break;
Add generic part of generic multiple-physical-interface support (the successor of IFF_ALTPHYS).
1994-12-21 22:57:05 +00:00
case SIOCSIFPHYS:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFPHYS);
Change the use if ifnet.if_lastchange to be more in line with SNMP requirements. Update description of ifnet.if_lastchange in if.h to indicate this.
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
if (error)
Minor beautifications related to style(9) and code consistency. No functional changes.
2004-02-21 12:56:09 +00:00
return (error);
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Change the use if ifnet.if_lastchange to be more in line with SNMP requirements. Update description of ifnet.if_lastchange in if.h to indicate this.
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
if (error == 0)
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Minor beautifications related to style(9) and code consistency. No functional changes.
2004-02-21 12:56:09 +00:00
break;
Add generic part of generic multiple-physical-interface support (the successor of IFF_ALTPHYS).
1994-12-21 22:57:05 +00:00
Added ioctl support for SIOCGIFMTU and SIOCSIFMTU. These set the per- interface MTU.
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
case SIOCSIFMTU:
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
{
u_long oldmtu = ifp->if_mtu;
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETIFMTU);
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
if (error)
Added ioctl support for SIOCGIFMTU and SIOCSIFMTU. These set the per- interface MTU.
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
return (error);
Define IF_MAXMTU and IF_MINMTU and don't allow MTUs with out-of-range values. ``comparison is always 0'' warnings are silly ! Ok'd by: wollman, dg Advised by: bde
1999-08-06 13:53:03 +00:00
if (ifr->ifr_mtu < IF_MINMTU || ifr->ifr_mtu > IF_MAXMTU)
Enforce the mtu to between the range 1-65535 before calling the driver ioctl routine.
1994-08-08 10:58:30 +00:00
return (EINVAL);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Change the use if ifnet.if_lastchange to be more in line with SNMP requirements. Update description of ifnet.if_lastchange in if.h to indicate this.
1996-06-10 23:07:36 +00:00
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
Notify user processes about interface's MTU change. Reviewed by: wollman, freebsd-net
2000-01-24 08:53:39 +00:00
if (error == 0) {
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Notify user processes about interface's MTU change. Reviewed by: wollman, freebsd-net
2000-01-24 08:53:39 +00:00
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
}
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
/*
* If the link MTU changed, do network layer specific procedure.
*/
if (ifp->if_mtu != oldmtu) {
#ifdef INET6
nd6_setmtu(ifp);
#endif
}
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
break;
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
}
Added ioctl support for SIOCGIFMTU and SIOCSIFMTU. These set the per- interface MTU.
1994-08-08 10:49:26 +00:00
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
case SIOCADDMULTI:
case SIOCDELMULTI:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
if (cmd == SIOCADDMULTI)
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_ADDMULTI);
else
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_DELMULTI);
Mostly Cosmetics. Some of the procedures in if_sl.c was void, but should be int. I made them int, and let them return 0. Will have to find out what the return-val is used for.
1994-10-08 01:40:23 +00:00
if (error)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (error);
Use the new if_multiaddrs list for multicast addresses rather than the previous hackery involving struct in_ifaddr and arpcom. Get rid of the abominable multi_kludge. Update all network interfaces to use the new machanism. Distressingly few Ethernet drivers program the multicast filter properly (assuming the hardware has one, which it usually does).
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
/* Don't allow group membership on non-multicast interfaces. */
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_MULTICAST) == 0)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Use the new if_multiaddrs list for multicast addresses rather than the previous hackery involving struct in_ifaddr and arpcom. Get rid of the abominable multi_kludge. Update all network interfaces to use the new machanism. Distressingly few Ethernet drivers program the multicast filter properly (assuming the hardware has one, which it usually does).
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
/* Don't let users screw up protocols' entries. */
if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family != AF_LINK)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (EINVAL);
Use the new if_multiaddrs list for multicast addresses rather than the previous hackery involving struct in_ifaddr and arpcom. Get rid of the abominable multi_kludge. Update all network interfaces to use the new machanism. Distressingly few Ethernet drivers program the multicast filter properly (assuming the hardware has one, which it usually does).
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
if (cmd == SIOCADDMULTI) {
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
/*
* Userland is only permitted to join groups once
* via the if_addmulti() KPI, because it cannot hold
* struct ifmultiaddr * between calls. It may also
* lose a race while we check if the membership
* already exists.
*/
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
if (ifma != NULL)
error = EADDRINUSE;
else
error = if_addmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr, &ifma);
Use the new if_multiaddrs list for multicast addresses rather than the previous hackery involving struct in_ifaddr and arpcom. Get rid of the abominable multi_kludge. Update all network interfaces to use the new machanism. Distressingly few Ethernet drivers program the multicast filter properly (assuming the hardware has one, which it usually does).
1997-01-13 21:26:53 +00:00
} else {
error = if_delmulti(ifp, &ifr->ifr_addr);
}
if (error == 0)
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
break;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
make sure we have root priv on SIOCSIFPHY*. from thorpej@netbsd
2000-10-04 23:16:29 +00:00
case SIOCSIFPHYADDR:
case SIOCDIFPHYADDR:
#ifdef INET6
case SIOCSIFPHYADDR_IN6:
#endif
Sync with recent KAME. This work was based on kame-20010528-freebsd43-snap.tgz and some critical problem after the snap was out were fixed. There are many many changes since last KAME merge. TODO: - The definitions of SADB_* in sys/net/pfkeyv2.h are still different from RFC2407/IANA assignment because of binary compatibility issue. It should be fixed under 5-CURRENT. - ip6po_m member of struct ip6_pktopts is no longer used. But, it is still there because of binary compatibility issue. It should be removed under 5-CURRENT. Reviewed by: itojun Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 3 weeks
2001-06-11 12:39:29 +00:00
case SIOCSLIFPHYADDR:
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
case SIOCSIFMEDIA:
Ooops, this should have made it into the same commit, but didn't. Introduce the SIOC[SG]IFGENERIC hooks that can be used to pass an arbritrary ioctl subcommand into an interface driver. Surprisingly enough, there was no provision for this already present (except of the option of abusing SIOC[SG]IFMEDIA for this). The idea is that an interface driver can establish ioctl subcommands of its own that can't be meaningfully interpreted by the upper layer interface ioctl function. Something like this is required to implement a clean solution of passing down things like CHAP secrets or PPP options to the /sys/net/if_sppp* files. (Yes, my CHAP is now finally working with it, but i gotta update my kernel to the new callout interface before being able to commit _that_.) Reviewed by: peter [long ago, actually]
1997-10-07 07:40:35 +00:00
case SIOCSIFGENERIC:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_HWIOCTL);
add SIOC{S,G}IFMEDIA ioctl support
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
if (error)
return (error);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
add SIOC{S,G}IFMEDIA ioctl support
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
if (error == 0)
Use getmicrotime() for if_lastchange, 10msec is plenty precision.
1998-04-06 11:43:12 +00:00
getmicrotime(&ifp->if_lastchange);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
break;
add SIOC{S,G}IFMEDIA ioctl support
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
Add a new interface ioctl, to return "aux status". This is inteded for to allow ifconfig to print various unstructured information from an interface. The data is returned from the kernel in ASCII form, see the comment in if.h for some technicalities. Canonical cut&paste example to be found in if_tun.c Initial use: Now tun* interfaces tell the PID of the process which opened them. Future uses could be (volounteers welcome!): Have ppp/slip interfaces tell which tty they use. Make sync interfaces return their media state: red/yellow/blue alarm, timeslot assignment and so on. Make ethernets warn about missing heartbeats and/or cables
1999-06-19 18:42:31 +00:00
case SIOCGIFSTATUS:
ifs = (struct ifstat *)data;
ifs->ascii[0] = '\0';
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
Sync with recent KAME. This work was based on kame-20010528-freebsd43-snap.tgz and some critical problem after the snap was out were fixed. There are many many changes since last KAME merge. TODO: - The definitions of SADB_* in sys/net/pfkeyv2.h are still different from RFC2407/IANA assignment because of binary compatibility issue. It should be fixed under 5-CURRENT. - ip6po_m member of struct ip6_pktopts is no longer used. But, it is still there because of binary compatibility issue. It should be removed under 5-CURRENT. Reviewed by: itojun Obtained from: KAME MFC after: 3 weeks
2001-06-11 12:39:29 +00:00
case SIOCGIFPSRCADDR:
case SIOCGIFPDSTADDR:
case SIOCGLIFPHYADDR:
add SIOC{S,G}IFMEDIA ioctl support
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
case SIOCGIFMEDIA:
Ooops, this should have made it into the same commit, but didn't. Introduce the SIOC[SG]IFGENERIC hooks that can be used to pass an arbritrary ioctl subcommand into an interface driver. Surprisingly enough, there was no provision for this already present (except of the option of abusing SIOC[SG]IFMEDIA for this). The idea is that an interface driver can establish ioctl subcommands of its own that can't be meaningfully interpreted by the upper layer interface ioctl function. Something like this is required to implement a clean solution of passing down things like CHAP secrets or PPP options to the /sys/net/if_sppp* files. (Yes, my CHAP is now finally working with it, but i gotta update my kernel to the new callout interface before being able to commit _that_.) Reviewed by: peter [long ago, actually]
1997-10-07 07:40:35 +00:00
case SIOCGIFGENERIC:
Minor beautifications related to style(9) and code consistency. No functional changes.
2004-02-21 12:56:09 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL)
add SIOC{S,G}IFMEDIA ioctl support
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
break;
add SIOC{S,G}IFMEDIA ioctl support
1997-05-03 21:07:13 +00:00
Implement SIOCSIFLLADDR, which allows you to change the link-level address on an interface. This basically allows you to do what my little setmac module/utility does via ifconfig. This involves the following changes: socket.h: define SIOCSIFLLADDR if.c: add support for SIOCSIFLLADDR, which resets the values in the arpcom struct and sockaddr_dl for the specified interface. Note that if the interface is already up, we need to down/up it in order to program the underlying hardware's receive filter. ifconfig.c: add lladdr command ifconfig.8: document lladdr command You can now force the MAC address on any ethernet interface to be whatever you want. (The change is not sticky across reboots of course: we don't actually reprogram the EEPROM or anything.) Actually, you can reprogram the MAC address on other kinds of interfaces too; this shouldn't be ethernet-specific (though at the moment it's limited to 6 bytes of address data). Nobody ran up to me and said "this is the politically correct way to do this!" so I don't want to hear any complaints from people who think I could have done it more elegantly. Consider yourselves lucky I didn't do it by having ifconfig tread all over /dev/kmem.
2000-06-16 20:14:43 +00:00
case SIOCSIFLLADDR:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_SETLLADDR);
Implement SIOCSIFLLADDR, which allows you to change the link-level address on an interface. This basically allows you to do what my little setmac module/utility does via ifconfig. This involves the following changes: socket.h: define SIOCSIFLLADDR if.c: add support for SIOCSIFLLADDR, which resets the values in the arpcom struct and sockaddr_dl for the specified interface. Note that if the interface is already up, we need to down/up it in order to program the underlying hardware's receive filter. ifconfig.c: add lladdr command ifconfig.8: document lladdr command You can now force the MAC address on any ethernet interface to be whatever you want. (The change is not sticky across reboots of course: we don't actually reprogram the EEPROM or anything.) Actually, you can reprogram the MAC address on other kinds of interfaces too; this shouldn't be ethernet-specific (though at the moment it's limited to 6 bytes of address data). Nobody ran up to me and said "this is the politically correct way to do this!" so I don't want to hear any complaints from people who think I could have done it more elegantly. Consider yourselves lucky I didn't do it by having ifconfig tread all over /dev/kmem.
2000-06-16 20:14:43 +00:00
if (error)
return (error);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
error = if_setlladdr(ifp,
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_data, ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
break;
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
case SIOCAIFGROUP:
{
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = (struct ifgroupreq *)ifr;
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_ADDIFGROUP);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
if (error)
return (error);
if ((error = if_addgroup(ifp, ifgr->ifgr_group)))
return (error);
break;
}
case SIOCGIFGROUP:
if ((error = if_getgroup((struct ifgroupreq *)ifr, ifp)))
return (error);
break;
case SIOCDIFGROUP:
{
struct ifgroupreq *ifgr = (struct ifgroupreq *)ifr;
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_DELIFGROUP);
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
if (error)
return (error);
if ((error = if_delgroup(ifp, ifgr->ifgr_group)))
return (error);
break;
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
default:
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
error = ENOIOCTL;
break;
}
return (error);
}
/*
* Interface ioctls.
*/
int
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
ifioctl(struct socket *so, u_long cmd, caddr_t data, struct thread *td)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
{
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifreq *ifr;
int error;
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's. Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
int oif_flags;
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCGIFCONF:
case OSIOCGIFCONF:
Implement SIOCGIFCONF for 32bit binaries.
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
#ifdef __amd64__
case SIOCGIFCONF32:
#endif
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (ifconf(cmd, data));
}
ifr = (struct ifreq *)data;
switch (cmd) {
Introduce an interm userland-kernel API for creating vnets and assigning ifnets from one vnet to another. Deletion of vnets is not yet supported. The interface is implemented as an ioctl extension so that no syscalls had to be introduced. This should be acceptable given that the new interface will be used for a short / interim period only, until the new jail management framwork gains the capability of managing vnets. This method for managing vimages / vnets has been in use for the past 7 years without any observable issues. The userland tool to be used in conjunction with the interim API can be found in p4: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/src/usr.sbin/vimage/... and will most probably never get commited to svn. While here, bump copyright notices in kern_vimage.c and vimage.h to cover work done in year 2009. Approved by: julian (mentor) Discussed with: bz, rwatson
2009-05-31 12:10:04 +00:00
#ifdef VIMAGE
/*
* XXX vnet creation will be implemented through the new jail
* framework - this is just a temporary hack for testing the
* vnet create / destroy mechanisms.
*/
case SIOCSIFVIMAGE:
error = vi_if_move((struct vi_req *) data, NULL,
TD_TO_VIMAGE(td));
return (error);
case SIOCSPVIMAGE:
case SIOCGPVIMAGE:
error = vi_td_ioctl(cmd, (struct vi_req *) data, td);
return (error);
#endif
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
case SIOCIFCREATE:
Revise network interface cloning to take an optional opaque parameter that can specify configuration parameters: o rev cloner api's to add optional parameter block o add SIOCCREATE2 that accepts parameter data o rev vlan support to use new api (maintain old code) Reviewed by: arch@
2006-07-09 06:04:01 +00:00
case SIOCIFCREATE2:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_IFCREATE);
if (error)
Revise network interface cloning to take an optional opaque parameter that can specify configuration parameters: o rev cloner api's to add optional parameter block o add SIOCCREATE2 that accepts parameter data o rev vlan support to use new api (maintain old code) Reviewed by: arch@
2006-07-09 06:04:01 +00:00
return (error);
return (if_clone_create(ifr->ifr_name, sizeof(ifr->ifr_name),
cmd == SIOCIFCREATE2 ? ifr->ifr_data : NULL));
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
case SIOCIFDESTROY:
Sweep kernel replacing suser(9) calls with priv(9) calls, assigning specific privilege names to a broad range of privileges. These may require some future tweaking. Sponsored by: nCircle Network Security, Inc. Obtained from: TrustedBSD Project Discussed on: arch@ Reviewed (at least in part) by: mlaier, jmg, pjd, bde, ceri, Alex Lyashkov <umka at sevcity dot net>, Skip Ford <skip dot ford at verizon dot net>, Antoine Brodin <antoine dot brodin at laposte dot net>
2006-11-06 13:42:10 +00:00
error = priv_check(td, PRIV_NET_IFDESTROY);
if (error)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (error);
Revise network interface cloning to take an optional opaque parameter that can specify configuration parameters: o rev cloner api's to add optional parameter block o add SIOCCREATE2 that accepts parameter data o rev vlan support to use new api (maintain old code) Reviewed by: arch@
2006-07-09 06:04:01 +00:00
return if_clone_destroy(ifr->ifr_name);
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
case SIOCIFGCLONERS:
return (if_clone_list((struct if_clonereq *)data));
Import interface groups from OpenBSD. This allows to group interfaces in order to - for example - apply firewall rules to a whole group of interfaces. This is required for importing pf from OpenBSD 3.9 Obtained from: OpenBSD (with changes) Discussed on: -net (back in April)
2006-06-19 22:20:45 +00:00
case SIOCGIFGMEMB:
return (if_getgroupmembers((struct ifgroupreq *)data));
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
}
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
ifp = ifunit_ref(ifr->ifr_name);
if (ifp == NULL)
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (ENXIO);
error = ifhwioctl(cmd, ifp, data, td);
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
if (error != ENOIOCTL) {
if_rele(ifp);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (error);
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
}
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
oif_flags = ifp->if_flags;
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
if (so->so_proto == NULL) {
if_rele(ifp);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (EOPNOTSUPP);
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#ifndef COMPAT_43
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
error = ((*so->so_proto->pr_usrreqs->pru_control)(so, cmd,
Modify the kernel to use the new pr_usrreqs interface rather than the old pr_usrreq mechanism which was poorly designed and error-prone. This commit renames pr_usrreq to pr_ousrreq so that old code which depended on it would break in an obvious manner. This commit also implements the new interface for TCP, although the old function is left as an example (#ifdef'ed out). This commit ALSO fixes a longstanding bug in the TCP timer processing (introduced by davidg on 1995/04/12) which caused timer processing on a TCB to always stop after a single timer had expired (because it misinterpreted the return value from tcp_usrreq() to indicate that the TCB had been deleted). Finally, some code related to polling has been deleted from if.c because it is not relevant t -current and doesn't look at all like my current code.
1996-07-11 16:32:50 +00:00
data,
KSE Milestone 2 Note ALL MODULES MUST BE RECOMPILED make the kernel aware that there are smaller units of scheduling than the process. (but only allow one thread per process at this time). This is functionally equivalent to teh previousl -current except that there is a thread associated with each process. Sorry john! (your next MFC will be a doosie!) Reviewed by: peter@freebsd.org, dillon@freebsd.org X-MFC after: ha ha ha ha
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
ifp, td));
Call the interface's if_ioctl from ifioctl(), if the protocol didn't handle the ioctl. There are other paths that already call it, but this allows for a non-interface socket (like AF_LOCAL which ifconfig now uses) to use a broader class of interface ioctls. Approved by: bz (mentor), rwatson
2009-03-20 13:41:23 +00:00
if (error == EOPNOTSUPP && ifp != NULL && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL)
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#else
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
{
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
int ocmd = cmd;
switch (cmd) {
case SIOCSIFDSTADDR:
case SIOCSIFADDR:
case SIOCSIFBRDADDR:
case SIOCSIFNETMASK:
#if BYTE_ORDER != BIG_ENDIAN
if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family == 0 &&
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len < 16) {
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family = ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len;
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len = 16;
}
#else
if (ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len == 0)
ifr->ifr_addr.sa_len = 16;
#endif
break;
case OSIOCGIFADDR:
cmd = SIOCGIFADDR;
break;
case OSIOCGIFDSTADDR:
cmd = SIOCGIFDSTADDR;
break;
case OSIOCGIFBRDADDR:
cmd = SIOCGIFBRDADDR;
break;
case OSIOCGIFNETMASK:
cmd = SIOCGIFNETMASK;
}
Modify the kernel to use the new pr_usrreqs interface rather than the old pr_usrreq mechanism which was poorly designed and error-prone. This commit renames pr_usrreq to pr_ousrreq so that old code which depended on it would break in an obvious manner. This commit also implements the new interface for TCP, although the old function is left as an example (#ifdef'ed out). This commit ALSO fixes a longstanding bug in the TCP timer processing (introduced by davidg on 1995/04/12) which caused timer processing on a TCB to always stop after a single timer had expired (because it misinterpreted the return value from tcp_usrreq() to indicate that the TCB had been deleted). Finally, some code related to polling has been deleted from if.c because it is not relevant t -current and doesn't look at all like my current code.
1996-07-11 16:32:50 +00:00
error = ((*so->so_proto->pr_usrreqs->pru_control)(so,
cmd,
data,
KSE Milestone 2 Note ALL MODULES MUST BE RECOMPILED make the kernel aware that there are smaller units of scheduling than the process. (but only allow one thread per process at this time). This is functionally equivalent to teh previousl -current except that there is a thread associated with each process. Sorry john! (your next MFC will be a doosie!) Reviewed by: peter@freebsd.org, dillon@freebsd.org X-MFC after: ha ha ha ha
2001-09-12 08:38:13 +00:00
ifp, td));
Call the interface's if_ioctl from ifioctl(), if the protocol didn't handle the ioctl. There are other paths that already call it, but this allows for a non-interface socket (like AF_LOCAL which ifconfig now uses) to use a broader class of interface ioctls. Approved by: bz (mentor), rwatson
2009-03-20 13:41:23 +00:00
if (error == EOPNOTSUPP && ifp != NULL &&
ifp->if_ioctl != NULL)
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, cmd, data);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
switch (ocmd) {
case OSIOCGIFADDR:
case OSIOCGIFDSTADDR:
case OSIOCGIFBRDADDR:
case OSIOCGIFNETMASK:
*(u_short *)&ifr->ifr_addr = ifr->ifr_addr.sa_family;
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
}
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
}
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
#endif /* COMPAT_43 */
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
if ((oif_flags ^ ifp->if_flags) & IFF_UP) {
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
#ifdef INET6
just merged cosmetic changes from KAME to ease sync between KAME and FreeBSD. (based on freebsd4-snap-20020128) Reviewed by: ume MFC after: 1 week
2002-04-19 04:46:24 +00:00
DELAY(100);/* XXX: temporary workaround for fxp issue*/
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) {
int s = splimp();
in6_if_up(ifp);
splx(s);
KAME netinet6 basic part(no IPsec,no V6 Multicast Forwarding, no UDP/TCP for IPv6 yet) With this patch, you can assigne IPv6 addr automatically, and can reply to IPv6 ping. Reviewed by: freebsd-arch, cvs-committers Obtained from: KAME project
1999-11-22 02:45:11 +00:00
}
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
#endif
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Add ifunit_ref(), a version of ifunit(), that returns not just an interface pointer, but also a reference to it. Modify ifioctl() to use ifunit_ref(), holding the reference until all ioctls, etc, have completed. This closes a class of reader-writer races in which interfaces could be removed during long-running ioctls, leading to crashes. Many other consumers of ifunit() should now use ifunit_ref() to avoid similar races. MFC after: 3 weeks
2009-04-23 13:08:47 +00:00
if_rele(ifp);
Introduce network device nodes. Network devices will now automatically appear in /dev. Interface hardware ioctls (not protocol or routing) can be performed on the descriptor. The SIOCGIFCONF ioctl may be performed on the special /dev/network node.
2001-09-29 05:55:04 +00:00
return (error);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
/*
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
* The code common to handling reference counted flags,
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
* e.g., in ifpromisc() and if_allmulti().
Clean up consistency checks in if_setflag(): . use KASSERT for all checks so that the source of an error can be detected; . use __func__ instead of spelling function name each time; . fix a typo.
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
* The "pflag" argument can specify a permanent mode flag to check,
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
* such as IFF_PPROMISC for promiscuous mode; should be 0 if none.
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
*
* Only to be used on stack-owned flags, not driver-owned flags.
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
*/
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
static int
if_setflag(struct ifnet *ifp, int flag, int pflag, int *refcount, int onswitch)
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
{
struct ifreq ifr;
Send RTM_IFINFO messages whenever promiscuous and all-multicast modes are enabled or disabled.
1997-02-14 15:30:54 +00:00
int error;
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
int oldflags, oldcount;
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
Clean up consistency checks in if_setflag(): . use KASSERT for all checks so that the source of an error can be detected; . use __func__ instead of spelling function name each time; . fix a typo.
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
/* Sanity checks to catch programming errors */
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
KASSERT((flag & (IFF_DRV_OACTIVE|IFF_DRV_RUNNING)) == 0,
Clean up consistency checks in if_setflag(): . use KASSERT for all checks so that the source of an error can be detected; . use __func__ instead of spelling function name each time; . fix a typo.
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
("%s: setting driver-owned flag %d", __func__, flag));
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
Clean up consistency checks in if_setflag(): . use KASSERT for all checks so that the source of an error can be detected; . use __func__ instead of spelling function name each time; . fix a typo.
2005-10-03 02:14:51 +00:00
if (onswitch)
KASSERT(*refcount >= 0,
("%s: increment negative refcount %d for flag %d",
__func__, *refcount, flag));
else
KASSERT(*refcount > 0,
("%s: decrement non-positive refcount %d for flag %d",
__func__, *refcount, flag));
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
/* In case this mode is permanent, just touch refcount */
if (ifp->if_flags & pflag) {
*refcount += onswitch ? 1 : -1;
Implement user-setable promiscuous mode (a new `promisc' flag for ifconfig(8)). Also, for all interfaces in this mode pass all ethernet frames to upper layer, even those not addressed to our own MAC, which allows packets encapsulated in those frames be processed with packet filters (ipfw(8) et al). Emphatically requested by: Anton Turygin <pa3op@ukr-link.net> Valuable suggestions by: fenner
2002-08-19 15:16:38 +00:00
return (0);
}
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
/* Save ifnet parameters for if_ioctl() may fail */
oldcount = *refcount;
oldflags = ifp->if_flags;
/*
* See if we aren't the only and touching refcount is enough.
* Actually toggle interface flag if we are the first or last.
*/
if (onswitch) {
if ((*refcount)++)
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
return (0);
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
ifp->if_flags |= flag;
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
} else {
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
if (--(*refcount))
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
return (0);
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
ifp->if_flags &= ~flag;
}
/* Call down the driver since we've changed interface flags */
if (ifp->if_ioctl == NULL) {
error = EOPNOTSUPP;
goto recover;
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
}
Increase size of ifnet.if_flags from 16 bits (short) to 32 bits (int). To avoid breaking application ABI use unused ifreq.ifru_flags[1] for upper 16 bits in SIOCSIFFLAGS and SIOCGIFFLAGS ioctl's. Reviewed by: -hackers, -net
2002-08-18 07:05:00 +00:00
ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff;
ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16;
Send RTM_IFINFO messages whenever promiscuous and all-multicast modes are enabled or disabled.
1997-02-14 15:30:54 +00:00
error = (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr);
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
if (error)
goto recover;
/* Notify userland that interface flags have changed */
rt_ifmsg(ifp);
return (0);
recover:
/* Recover after driver error */
*refcount = oldcount;
ifp->if_flags = oldflags;
return (error);
}
/*
* Set/clear promiscuous mode on interface ifp based on the truth value
* of pswitch. The calls are reference counted so that only the first
* "on" request actually has an effect, as does the final "off" request.
* Results are undefined if the "off" and "on" requests are not matched.
*/
int
ifpromisc(struct ifnet *ifp, int pswitch)
{
int error;
int oldflags = ifp->if_flags;
error = if_setflag(ifp, IFF_PROMISC, IFF_PPROMISC,
&ifp->if_pcount, pswitch);
/* If promiscuous mode status has changed, log a message */
if (error == 0 && ((ifp->if_flags ^ oldflags) & IFF_PROMISC))
Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance. This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo device creation and configuration symantics. Approved By: re (in principle) Reviewed By: njl, imp Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64 Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
log(LOG_INFO, "%s: promiscuous mode %s\n",
ifp->if_xname,
Better handling of ioctl(SIOCSIFFLAGS) failing in ifpromisc(): - Don't print the "promiscuous mode (enabled|disabled)" on failure - Restore the reference count on failure
2001-04-27 22:20:22 +00:00
(ifp->if_flags & IFF_PROMISC) ? "enabled" : "disabled");
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
return (error);
Fix BPf to generate a header mbuf for writes. Fix loopback and discard interfaces to understand BPF writes. (These two from Bill Fenner to fix PR 512.) Move ifpromisc() from bpf.c to if.c as suggested by comment in BPF. Send a notice to the log when promiscuous mode is enabled.
1995-09-22 17:57:48 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
/*
* Return interface configuration
* of system. List may be used
* in later ioctl's (above) to get
* other information.
*/
/*ARGSUSED*/
Staticize, clean lint.
1995-12-09 20:47:15 +00:00
static int
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
ifconf(u_long cmd, caddr_t data)
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
struct ifconf *ifc = (struct ifconf *)data;
Implement SIOCGIFCONF for 32bit binaries.
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
#ifdef __amd64__
struct ifconf32 *ifc32 = (struct ifconf32 *)data;
struct ifconf ifc_swab;
#endif
Cosmetic cleanups and rearrangement for code to come. There should be no functional change in this commit.
2001-09-06 00:44:45 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
struct ifreq ifr;
struct sbuf *sb;
int error, full = 0, valid_len, max_len;
Implement SIOCGIFCONF for 32bit binaries.
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
#ifdef __amd64__
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32) {
ifc_swab.ifc_len = ifc32->ifc_len;
ifc_swab.ifc_buf = (caddr_t)(uintptr_t)ifc32->ifc_buf;
ifc = &ifc_swab;
}
#endif
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
/* Limit initial buffer size to MAXPHYS to avoid DoS from userspace. */
max_len = MAXPHYS - 1;
Validate ifc->ifc_len before submitting its incarnation to sbuf_new, which will finally lead to kernel panic. Security: This prevents a local (root-launched) DoS Submitted by: Wojciech A. Koszek [dunstan at freebsd czest pl] PR: 77421 MFC After: 1 week
2005-02-12 17:51:12 +00:00
/* Prevent hostile input from being able to crash the system */
if (ifc->ifc_len <= 0)
return (EINVAL);
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
again:
if (ifc->ifc_len <= max_len) {
max_len = ifc->ifc_len;
full = 1;
}
sb = sbuf_new(NULL, NULL, max_len + 1, SBUF_FIXEDLEN);
max_len = 0;
valid_len = 0;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK(); /* could sleep XXX */
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifp, &V_ifnet, if_link) {
Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance. This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo device creation and configuration symantics. Approved By: re (in principle) Reviewed By: njl, imp Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64 Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
int addrs;
Remove trailing whitespace.
1995-05-30 08:16:23 +00:00
Zero the ifr.ifr_name buffer in ifconf() in order to avoid accidental disclosure of kernel memory to userland. Security: FreeBSD-SA-05:04.ifconf
2005-04-15 01:52:40 +00:00
/*
* Zero the ifr_name buffer to make sure we don't
* disclose the contents of the stack.
*/
memset(ifr.ifr_name, 0, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name));
Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance. This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo device creation and configuration symantics. Approved By: re (in principle) Reviewed By: njl, imp Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64 Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
if (strlcpy(ifr.ifr_name, ifp->if_xname, sizeof(ifr.ifr_name))
reclaim sbuf and clear lock on error in ifconf Submitted by: Ted Unangst Reviewed by: rwatson MFC after: 3 days
2005-09-04 17:32:47 +00:00
>= sizeof(ifr.ifr_name)) {
sbuf_delete(sb);
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
return (ENAMETOOLONG);
reclaim sbuf and clear lock on error in ifconf Submitted by: Ted Unangst Reviewed by: rwatson MFC after: 3 days
2005-09-04 17:32:47 +00:00
}
A number of bug-fixes inspired by Mark Treacy: - Allow PPP to run multicasts natively. - Deal properly with lots of similarly-named interfaces. - Don't sign-extend if_flags. NB: the last fix (to rtsock.c) must be reversed when we expand if_flags to a reasonable size. Submitted by: Mark Treacy
1994-10-05 20:11:28 +00:00
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature. This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do. For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers". Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own hostname. Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is that each customer can run their own particular version of apache and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors. It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail still takes a little knowledge. A few notes: I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them. The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces. mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable. /proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for jailed processes. Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison. There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging. Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!) If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome! Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome. Have fun... Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/ Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
addrs = 0;
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Fix sense of comparison in space test. Also eliminate a compile warning and remove a previously existing off-by-one error.
2001-09-07 05:32:54 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
struct sockaddr *sa = ifa->ifa_addr;
Standardize the various prison_foo_ip[46] functions and prison_if to return zero on success and an error code otherwise. The possible errors are EADDRNOTAVAIL if an address being checked for doesn't match the prison, and EAFNOSUPPORT if the prison doesn't have any addresses in that address family. For most callers of these functions, use the returned error code instead of e.g. a hard-coded EADDRNOTAVAIL or EINVAL. Always include a jailed() check in these functions, where a non-jailed cred always returns success (and makes no changes). Remove the explicit jailed() checks that preceded many of the function calls. Approved by: bz (mentor)
2009-02-05 14:06:09 +00:00
if (prison_if(curthread->td_ucred, sa) != 0)
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature. This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do. For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers". Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own hostname. Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is that each customer can run their own particular version of apache and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors. It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail still takes a little knowledge. A few notes: I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them. The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces. mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable. /proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for jailed processes. Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison. There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging. Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!) If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome! Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome. Have fun... Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/ Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
continue;
addrs++;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
#ifdef COMPAT_43
if (cmd == OSIOCGIFCONF) {
struct osockaddr *osa =
(struct osockaddr *)&ifr.ifr_addr;
ifr.ifr_addr = *sa;
osa->sa_family = sa->sa_family;
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr));
max_len += sizeof(ifr);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
} else
#endif
if (sa->sa_len <= sizeof(*sa)) {
ifr.ifr_addr = *sa;
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr));
max_len += sizeof(ifr);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
} else {
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr,
offsetof(struct ifreq, ifr_addr));
max_len += offsetof(struct ifreq, ifr_addr);
sbuf_bcat(sb, sa, sa->sa_len);
max_len += sa->sa_len;
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
if (!sbuf_overflowed(sb))
valid_len = sbuf_len(sb);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
Acquire the interface address list lock over some iterations over if_addrhead. This closes some reader-writer races associated with the address list. MFC after: 2 weeks
2009-04-21 19:06:47 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
if (addrs == 0) {
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature. This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do. For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers". Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own hostname. Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is that each customer can run their own particular version of apache and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors. It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail still takes a little knowledge. A few notes: I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them. The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces. mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable. /proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for jailed processes. Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison. There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging. Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!) If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome! Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome. Have fun... Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/ Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
bzero((caddr_t)&ifr.ifr_addr, sizeof(ifr.ifr_addr));
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
sbuf_bcat(sb, &ifr, sizeof(ifr));
max_len += sizeof(ifr);
if (!sbuf_overflowed(sb))
valid_len = sbuf_len(sb);
This Implements the mumbled about "Jail" feature. This is a seriously beefed up chroot kind of thing. The process is jailed along the same lines as a chroot does it, but with additional tough restrictions imposed on what the superuser can do. For all I know, it is safe to hand over the root bit inside a prison to the customer living in that prison, this is what it was developed for in fact: "real virtual servers". Each prison has an ip number associated with it, which all IP communications will be coerced to use and each prison has its own hostname. Needless to say, you need more RAM this way, but the advantage is that each customer can run their own particular version of apache and not stomp on the toes of their neighbors. It generally does what one would expect, but setting up a jail still takes a little knowledge. A few notes: I have no scripts for setting up a jail, don't ask me for them. The IP number should be an alias on one of the interfaces. mount a /proc in each jail, it will make ps more useable. /proc/<pid>/status tells the hostname of the prison for jailed processes. Quotas are only sensible if you have a mountpoint per prison. There are no privisions for stopping resource-hogging. Some "#ifdef INET" and similar may be missing (send patches!) If somebody wants to take it from here and develop it into more of a "virtual machine" they should be most welcome! Tools, comments, patches & documentation most welcome. Have fun... Sponsored by: http://www.rndassociates.com/ Run for almost a year by: http://www.servetheweb.com/
1999-04-28 11:38:52 +00:00
}
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
}
SMP locking for ifnet list.
2002-12-22 05:35:03 +00:00
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
/*
* If we didn't allocate enough space (uncommon), try again. If
* we have already allocated as much space as we are allowed,
* return what we've got.
*/
if (valid_len != max_len && !full) {
sbuf_delete(sb);
goto again;
}
ifc->ifc_len = valid_len;
Implement SIOCGIFCONF for 32bit binaries.
2006-02-02 19:58:37 +00:00
#ifdef __amd64__
if (cmd == SIOCGIFCONF32)
ifc32->ifc_len = valid_len;
#endif
Call sbuf_finish() before sbuf_data() so as to not panic the system.
2004-09-22 12:53:27 +00:00
sbuf_finish(sb);
Fix a LOR where ifconf() used copyout while holding a mutex. This LOR was seen when configuring addresses on interfaces using ifconfig. This patch has been verified to work with over eight thousand addresses assigned to an interface. LOR id: 031
2004-09-22 08:59:41 +00:00
error = copyout(sbuf_data(sb), ifc->ifc_req, ifc->ifc_len);
sbuf_delete(sb);
BSD 4.4 Lite Kernel Sources
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
return (error);
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
/*
Typo in comment.
2005-02-22 15:29:29 +00:00
* Just like ifpromisc(), but for all-multicast-reception mode.
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
*/
int
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_allmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, int onswitch)
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
{
Send RTM_IFINFO messages whenever promiscuous and all-multicast modes are enabled or disabled.
1997-02-14 15:30:54 +00:00
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
return (if_setflag(ifp, IFF_ALLMULTI, 0, &ifp->if_amcount, onswitch));
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
Fix tinderbox; ng_ether needs to see if_findmulti().
2007-03-20 03:15:43 +00:00
struct ifmultiaddr *
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if_findmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa)
{
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp);
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifma, &ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma_link) {
Fix a bug in if_findmulti(), whereby it would not find (and thus delete) a link-layer multicast group membership. Such memberships are needed in order to support protocols such as IS-IS without putting the interface into PROMISC or ALLMULTI modes. sa_equal() is not OK for comparing sockaddr_dl as it has deeper structure than a simple byte array, so add sa_dl_equal() and use that instead. Reviewed by: rwatson Verified with: /usr/sbin/mtest Bug found by: Jouke Witteveen MFC after: 2 weeks
2007-02-22 00:14:02 +00:00
if (sa->sa_family == AF_LINK) {
if (sa_dl_equal(ifma->ifma_addr, sa))
break;
} else {
if (sa_equal(ifma->ifma_addr, sa))
break;
}
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
}
return ifma;
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
/*
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
* Allocate a new ifmultiaddr and initialize based on passed arguments. We
* make copies of passed sockaddrs. The ifmultiaddr will not be added to
* the ifnet multicast address list here, so the caller must do that and
* other setup work (such as notifying the device driver). The reference
* count is initialized to 1.
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
*/
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
static struct ifmultiaddr *
if_allocmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa, struct sockaddr *llsa,
int mflags)
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
{
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
struct sockaddr *dupsa;
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
ifma = malloc(sizeof *ifma, M_IFMADDR, mflags |
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
M_ZERO);
if (ifma == NULL)
return (NULL);
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
dupsa = malloc(sa->sa_len, M_IFMADDR, mflags);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if (dupsa == NULL) {
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
free(ifma, M_IFMADDR);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
return (NULL);
}
bcopy(sa, dupsa, sa->sa_len);
ifma->ifma_addr = dupsa;
ifma->ifma_ifp = ifp;
ifma->ifma_refcount = 1;
ifma->ifma_protospec = NULL;
if (llsa == NULL) {
ifma->ifma_lladdr = NULL;
return (ifma);
}
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
dupsa = malloc(llsa->sa_len, M_IFMADDR, mflags);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if (dupsa == NULL) {
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
free(ifma->ifma_addr, M_IFMADDR);
free(ifma, M_IFMADDR);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
return (NULL);
}
bcopy(llsa, dupsa, llsa->sa_len);
ifma->ifma_lladdr = dupsa;
return (ifma);
}
/*
* if_freemulti: free ifmultiaddr structure and possibly attached related
* addresses. The caller is responsible for implementing reference
* counting, notifying the driver, handling routing messages, and releasing
* any dependent link layer state.
*/
static void
if_freemulti(struct ifmultiaddr *ifma)
{
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_refcount == 0, ("if_freemulti: refcount %d",
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
ifma->ifma_refcount));
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_protospec == NULL,
("if_freemulti: protospec not NULL"));
if (ifma->ifma_lladdr != NULL)
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
free(ifma->ifma_lladdr, M_IFMADDR);
free(ifma->ifma_addr, M_IFMADDR);
free(ifma, M_IFMADDR);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
}
/*
* Register an additional multicast address with a network interface.
*
* - If the address is already present, bump the reference count on the
* address and return.
* - If the address is not link-layer, look up a link layer address.
* - Allocate address structures for one or both addresses, and attach to the
* multicast address list on the interface. If automatically adding a link
* layer address, the protocol address will own a reference to the link
* layer address, to be freed when it is freed.
* - Notify the network device driver of an addition to the multicast address
* list.
*
* 'sa' points to caller-owned memory with the desired multicast address.
*
* 'retifma' will be used to return a pointer to the resulting multicast
* address reference, if desired.
*/
int
if_addmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa,
struct ifmultiaddr **retifma)
{
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma, *ll_ifma;
struct sockaddr *llsa;
int error;
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Don't add an item to the multicast linked list if it's already on the list.
1997-07-07 17:36:06 +00:00
/*
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
* If the address is already present, return a new reference to it;
* otherwise, allocate storage and set up a new address.
Don't add an item to the multicast linked list if it's already on the list.
1997-07-07 17:36:06 +00:00
*/
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, sa);
if (ifma != NULL) {
ifma->ifma_refcount++;
if (retifma != NULL)
*retifma = ifma;
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
return (0);
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
/*
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
* The address isn't already present; resolve the protocol address
* into a link layer address, and then look that up, bump its
* refcount or allocate an ifma for that also. If 'llsa' was
* returned, we will need to free it later.
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
*/
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
llsa = NULL;
ll_ifma = NULL;
In multicast routines: Compare pointers with NULL rather than treating them as booleans. Compare pointers with NULL rather than 0 to make it more clear they are pointers. Assign pointers value of NULL rather than 0 to make it more clear they are pointers. MFC after: 3 days
2005-07-19 10:12:58 +00:00
if (ifp->if_resolvemulti != NULL) {
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
error = ifp->if_resolvemulti(ifp, &llsa, sa);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if (error)
goto unlock_out;
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
/*
* Allocate the new address. Don't hook it up yet, as we may also
* need to allocate a link layer multicast address.
*/
ifma = if_allocmulti(ifp, sa, llsa, M_NOWAIT);
if (ifma == NULL) {
error = ENOMEM;
goto free_llsa_out;
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
/*
* If a link layer address is found, we'll need to see if it's
* already present in the address list, or allocate is as well.
* When this block finishes, the link layer address will be on the
* list.
*/
if (llsa != NULL) {
ll_ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, llsa);
if (ll_ifma == NULL) {
ll_ifma = if_allocmulti(ifp, llsa, NULL, M_NOWAIT);
if (ll_ifma == NULL) {
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
--ifma->ifma_refcount;
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if_freemulti(ifma);
error = ENOMEM;
goto free_llsa_out;
}
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ll_ifma,
ifma_link);
} else
ll_ifma->ifma_refcount++;
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
ifma->ifma_llifma = ll_ifma;
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
}
Fix a few oversights in the new multicast membership interface.
1997-01-08 13:20:25 +00:00
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
/*
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
* We now have a new multicast address, ifma, and possibly a new or
* referenced link layer address. Add the primary address to the
* ifnet address list.
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
*/
Convert if_multiaddrs from LIST to TAILQ so that it can be traversed backwards in the three drivers which want to do that. Reviewed by: mikeh
2001-02-06 10:12:15 +00:00
TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma, ifma_link);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
Check retifma for NULL before using it. PR: kern/9391 Submitted by: Assar Westerlund <assar@sics.se> MFC after: 3 days
2002-07-02 08:23:00 +00:00
if (retifma != NULL)
*retifma = ifma;
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
/*
* Must generate the message while holding the lock so that 'ifma'
* pointer is still valid.
*/
rt_newmaddrmsg(RTM_NEWMADDR, ifma);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
/*
* We are certain we have added something, so call down to the
* interface to let them know about it.
*/
In multicast routines: Compare pointers with NULL rather than treating them as booleans. Compare pointers with NULL rather than 0 to make it more clear they are pointers. Assign pointers value of NULL rather than 0 to make it more clear they are pointers. MFC after: 3 days
2005-07-19 10:12:58 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) {
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
(void) (*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCADDMULTI, 0);
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if (llsa != NULL)
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
free(llsa, M_IFMADDR);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
return (0);
free_llsa_out:
if (llsa != NULL)
Retire the MALLOC and FREE macros. They are an abomination unto style(9). MFC after: 3 months
2008-10-23 15:53:51 +00:00
free(llsa, M_IFMADDR);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
unlock_out:
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
return (error);
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
/*
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
* Delete a multicast group membership by network-layer group address.
*
* Returns ENOENT if the entry could not be found. If ifp no longer
* exists, results are undefined. This entry point should only be used
* from subsystems which do appropriate locking to hold ifp for the
* duration of the call.
* Network-layer protocol domains must use if_delmulti_ifma().
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
*/
int
Clean up whitespace, remove "register" keyword, ANSIfy. No functional changes.
2003-10-23 13:49:10 +00:00
if_delmulti(struct ifnet *ifp, struct sockaddr *sa)
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
{
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
struct ifmultiaddr *ifma;
int lastref;
#ifdef INVARIANTS
struct ifnet *oifp;
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
INIT_VNET_NET(ifp->if_vnet);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(oifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (ifp == oifp)
break;
if (ifp != oifp)
ifp = NULL;
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
KASSERT(ifp != NULL, ("%s: ifnet went away", __func__));
#endif
if (ifp == NULL)
return (ENOENT);
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
lastref = 0;
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
ifma = if_findmulti(ifp, sa);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (ifma != NULL)
lastref = if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0);
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
if (ifma == NULL)
return (ENOENT);
if (lastref && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) {
(void)(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCDELMULTI, 0);
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
return (0);
}
/*
* Delete a multicast group membership by group membership pointer.
* Network-layer protocol domains must use this routine.
*
Remove IFF_NEEDSGIANT, a compatibility infrastructure introduced in FreeBSD 5.x to allow network device drivers to run with Giant despite the network stack being Giant-free. This significantly simplifies calls into ioctl() on network interfaces, especially in the multicast code, as well as eliminates deferred invocation of interface if_start routines. Disable the build on device drivers still depending on IFF_NEEDSGIANT as they no longer compile. They will be removed in a few weeks if they haven't been made MPSAFE in that time. Disabled drivers: if_ar if_axe if_aue if_cdce if_cue if_kue if_ray if_rue if_rum if_sr if_udav if_ural if_zyd Drivers that were already disabled because of tty changes: if_ppp if_sl Discussed on: arch@
2009-03-15 14:21:05 +00:00
* It is safe to call this routine if the ifp disappeared.
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
*/
void
if_delmulti_ifma(struct ifmultiaddr *ifma)
{
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08: http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently resolving to NOPs. Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT(). Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h, sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.). All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change object files(*). (*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options. Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ... Approved by: julian (mentor) Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... X-MFC after: never Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
#endif
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
struct ifnet *ifp;
int lastref;
ifp = ifma->ifma_ifp;
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
if (ifp == NULL) {
printf("%s: ifma_ifp seems to be detached\n", __func__);
} else {
struct ifnet *oifp;
IFNET_RLOCK();
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack) virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@). This is the first in a series of commits over the course of the next few weeks. Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized with a V_ prefix. Use macros to map them back to their global names for now, so this is a NOP change only. We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again. Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/... Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian, jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ... (various people I forgot, different versions) md5 (with a bit of help) Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation X-MFC after: never V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
TAILQ_FOREACH(oifp, &V_ifnet, if_link)
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (ifp == oifp)
break;
if (ifp != oifp) {
printf("%s: ifnet %p disappeared\n", __func__, ifp);
ifp = NULL;
}
IFNET_RUNLOCK();
}
#endif
/*
* If and only if the ifnet instance exists: Acquire the address lock.
*/
if (ifp != NULL)
IF_ADDR_LOCK(ifp);
lastref = if_delmulti_locked(ifp, ifma, 0);
if (ifp != NULL) {
/*
* If and only if the ifnet instance exists:
* Release the address lock.
* If the group was left: update the hardware hash filter.
*/
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
IF_ADDR_UNLOCK(ifp);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (lastref && ifp->if_ioctl != NULL) {
(void)(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCDELMULTI, 0);
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
/*
* Perform deletion of network-layer and/or link-layer multicast address.
*
* Return 0 if the reference count was decremented.
* Return 1 if the final reference was released, indicating that the
* hardware hash filter should be reprogrammed.
*/
static int
if_delmulti_locked(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifmultiaddr *ifma, int detaching)
{
struct ifmultiaddr *ll_ifma;
if (ifp != NULL && ifma->ifma_ifp != NULL) {
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_ifp == ifp,
("%s: inconsistent ifp %p", __func__, ifp));
IF_ADDR_LOCK_ASSERT(ifp);
}
ifp = ifma->ifma_ifp;
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
/*
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
* If the ifnet is detaching, null out references to ifnet,
* so that upper protocol layers will notice, and not attempt
Fix a case where hardware removal of an interface caused an attempt to announce an ll_ifma which has gone away. Add a KASSERT to catch regressions. Bug found by: Tom Uffner
2007-03-27 16:11:28 +00:00
* to obtain locks for an ifnet which no longer exists. The
* routing socket announcement must happen before the ifnet
* instance is detached from the system.
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
*/
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (detaching) {
#ifdef DIAGNOSTIC
printf("%s: detaching ifnet instance %p\n", __func__, ifp);
#endif
Fix a case where hardware removal of an interface caused an attempt to announce an ll_ifma which has gone away. Add a KASSERT to catch regressions. Bug found by: Tom Uffner
2007-03-27 16:11:28 +00:00
/*
* ifp may already be nulled out if we are being reentered
* to delete the ll_ifma.
*/
if (ifp != NULL) {
rt_newmaddrmsg(RTM_DELMADDR, ifma);
ifma->ifma_ifp = NULL;
}
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (--ifma->ifma_refcount > 0)
return 0;
/*
* If this ifma is a network-layer ifma, a link-layer ifma may
* have been associated with it. Release it first if so.
*/
ll_ifma = ifma->ifma_llifma;
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if (ll_ifma != NULL) {
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
KASSERT(ifma->ifma_lladdr != NULL,
("%s: llifma w/o lladdr", __func__));
if (detaching)
ll_ifma->ifma_ifp = NULL; /* XXX */
if (--ll_ifma->ifma_refcount == 0) {
if (ifp != NULL) {
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ll_ifma,
ifma_link);
}
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
if_freemulti(ll_ifma);
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
}
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
if (ifp != NULL)
TAILQ_REMOVE(&ifp->if_multiaddrs, ifma, ifma_link);
if_freemulti(ifma);
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
/*
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
* The last reference to this instance of struct ifmultiaddr
* was released; the hardware should be notified of this change.
Protect link layer network interface multicast address list manipulation using ifp->if_addr_mtx: - Initialize if_addr_mtx when ifnet is initialized. - Destroy if_addr_mtx when ifnet is torn down. - Rename ifmaof_ifpforaddr() to if_findmulti(); assert if_addr_mtx. Staticize. - Extract ifmultiaddr allocation and initialization into if_allocmulti(); accept a 'mflags' argument to indicate whether or not sleeping is permitted. This centralizes error handling and address duplication. - Extract ifmultiaddr tear-down and deallocation in if_freemulti(). - Re-structure if_addmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Make use of non-sleeping allocations. Annotate the fact that we only generate routing socket events for explicit address addition, not implicit link layer address addition. - Re-structure if_delmulti() to hold if_addr_mtx around manipulation of the ifnet multicast address list and reference count manipulation. Annotate the lack of a routing socket event for implicit link layer address removal. - De-spl all and sundry. Problem reported by: Ed Maste <emaste at phaedrus dot sandvine dot ca> MFC after: 1 week
2005-08-02 23:23:26 +00:00
*/
Implement reference counting for ifmultiaddr, in_multi, and in6_multi structures. Detect when ifnet instances are detached from the network stack and perform appropriate cleanup to prevent memory leaks. This has been implemented in such a way as to be backwards ABI compatible. Kernel consumers are changed to use if_delmulti_ifma(); in_delmulti() is unable to detect interface removal by design, as it performs searches on structures which are removed with the interface. With this architectural change, the panics FreeBSD users have experienced with carp and pfsync should be resolved. Obtained from: p4 branch bms_netdev Reviewed by: andre Sponsored by: Garance A Drosehn Idea from: NetBSD MFC after: 1 month
2007-03-20 00:36:10 +00:00
return 1;
Checkpoint the beginnings of the new kernel interface for multicast group memberships. This is not actually operative at the moment (a lot of other code still needs to be changed), but this seemed like a useful reference point to check in so that others (i.e. Bill Fenner) have fair warning of where we are going.
1997-01-07 19:15:32 +00:00
}
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
/*
* Set the link layer address on an interface.
*
* At this time we only support certain types of interfaces,
* and we don't allow the length of the address to change.
*/
int
if_setlladdr(struct ifnet *ifp, const u_char *lladdr, int len)
{
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
struct ifaddr *ifa;
Add missing 'struct ifreq ifr;' that was forgotten in the last commit.
2002-04-10 06:07:16 +00:00
struct ifreq ifr;
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
- Store pointer to the link-level address right in "struct ifnet" rather than in ifindex_table[]; all (except one) accesses are through ifp anyway. IF_LLADDR() works faster, and all (except one) ifaddr_byindex() users were converted to use ifp->if_addr. - Stop storing a (pointer to) Ethernet address in "struct arpcom", and drop the IFP2ENADDR() macro; all users have been converted to use IF_LLADDR() instead.
2005-11-11 16:04:59 +00:00
ifa = ifp->if_addr;
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
if (ifa == NULL)
return (EINVAL);
sdl = (struct sockaddr_dl *)ifa->ifa_addr;
if (sdl == NULL)
return (EINVAL);
if (len != sdl->sdl_alen) /* don't allow length to change */
return (EINVAL);
switch (ifp->if_type) {
- Make IFP2ENADDR() a pointer to IF_LLADDR() rather than another copy of Ethernet address. - Change iso88025_ifattach() and fddi_ifattach() to accept MAC address as an argument, similar to ether_ifattach(), to make this work.
2005-11-11 07:36:14 +00:00
case IFT_ETHER:
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
case IFT_FDDI:
case IFT_XETHER:
case IFT_ISO88025:
Change the type of the VLAN interface from IFT_PROPVIRTUAL, which was a temporary hack, to IFT_L2VLAN, which is the type assigned by IANA.
2001-04-04 15:10:58 +00:00
case IFT_L2VLAN:
Add hooks into the networking layer to support if_bridge. This changes struct ifnet so a buildworld is necessary. Approved by: mlaier (mentor) Obtained from: NetBSD
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
case IFT_BRIDGE:
- add support for IPX (tested with mount -t nwfs and mars_nwe), IP fast forwarding, SIOCGIFADDR, setting hardware address (not currently enabled in cm driver), multicasts (experimental) - add ARC_MAX_DATA, use IF_HANDOFF, remove arc_sprintf() and some unused variables - if_simloop logic is made more similar to ethernet - drop not ours packets early (if we are not in promiscous mode) Submitted by: mark tinguely (partially)
2003-01-24 01:32:20 +00:00
case IFT_ARCNET:
Add the trunk(4) driver for providing link aggregation, failover and fault tolerance. This driver allows aggregation of multiple network interfaces as one virtual interface using a number of different protocols/algorithms. failover - Sends traffic through the secondary port if the master becomes inactive. fec - Supports Cisco Fast EtherChannel. lacp - Supports the IEEE 802.3ad Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) and the Marker Protocol. loadbalance - Static loadbalancing using an outgoing hash. roundrobin - Distributes outgoing traffic using a round-robin scheduler through all active ports. This code was obtained from OpenBSD and this also includes 802.3ad LACP support from agr(4) in NetBSD.
2007-04-10 00:27:25 +00:00
case IFT_IEEE8023ADLAG:
enable setting the mac address of 802.11 devices
2009-03-28 17:36:56 +00:00
case IFT_IEEE80211:
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
bcopy(lladdr, LLADDR(sdl), len);
break;
default:
return (ENODEV);
}
/*
* If the interface is already up, we need
* to re-init it in order to reprogram its
* address filter.
*/
if ((ifp->if_flags & IFF_UP) != 0) {
MFp4: - Introduce a helper function if_setflag() containing the code common to ifpromisc() and if_allmulti() instead of duplicating the code poorly, with different bugs. - Call ifp->if_ioctl() in a consistent way: always use more compatible C syntax and check whether ifp->if_ioctl is not NULL prior to the call. MFC after: 1 month
2005-07-14 13:56:51 +00:00
if (ifp->if_ioctl) {
ifp->if_flags &= ~IFF_UP;
ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff;
ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16;
(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr);
ifp->if_flags |= IFF_UP;
ifr.ifr_flags = ifp->if_flags & 0xffff;
ifr.ifr_flagshigh = ifp->if_flags >> 16;
(*ifp->if_ioctl)(ifp, SIOCSIFFLAGS, (caddr_t)&ifr);
}
When the local link address is changed, send out gratuitous ARPs to notify other nodes about the address change. Otherwise, they might try and keep using the old address until their arp table entry times out and the address is refreshed. Maybe this ought to be done for INET6 addresses as well but i have no idea how to do it. It should be pretty straightforward though. MFC-after: 10 days
2002-02-18 22:50:13 +00:00
#ifdef INET
/*
* Also send gratuitous ARPs to notify other nodes about
* the address change.
*/
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link) {
There is a consensus that ifaddr.ifa_addr should never be NULL, except in places dealing with ifaddr creation or destruction; and in such special places incomplete ifaddrs should never be linked to system-wide data structures. Therefore we can eliminate all the superfluous checks for "ifa->ifa_addr != NULL" and get ready to the system crashing honestly instead of masking possible bugs. Suggested by: glebius, jhb, ru
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET)
Fix a warning by pulling prototype for arp_ifinit() into scope. Then fix cast the correct value into an incorrect value, which was not detected due to the missing prototype (but was harmless anyway).
2002-02-26 01:11:08 +00:00
arp_ifinit(ifp, ifa);
When the local link address is changed, send out gratuitous ARPs to notify other nodes about the address change. Otherwise, they might try and keep using the old address until their arp table entry times out and the address is refreshed. Maybe this ought to be done for INET6 addresses as well but i have no idea how to do it. It should be pretty straightforward though. MFC-after: 10 days
2002-02-18 22:50:13 +00:00
}
#endif
Export the functionality of SIOCSIFLLADDR with if_setlladdr() and add some more rigorous sanity checking in the process. Reviewed by: freebsd-net
2000-08-15 00:48:38 +00:00
}
return (0);
}
Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance. This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo device creation and configuration symantics. Approved By: re (in principle) Reviewed By: njl, imp Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64 Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
/*
* The name argument must be a pointer to storage which will last as
* long as the interface does. For physical devices, the result of
* device_get_name(dev) is a good choice and for pseudo-devices a
* static string works well.
*/
void
if_initname(struct ifnet *ifp, const char *name, int unit)
{
ifp->if_dname = name;
ifp->if_dunit = unit;
if (unit != IF_DUNIT_NONE)
snprintf(ifp->if_xname, IFNAMSIZ, "%s%d", name, unit);
else
strlcpy(ifp->if_xname, name, IFNAMSIZ);
}
Add a new helper function if_printf() modeled on device_printf(). The function takes a struct ifnet pointer followed by the usual printf arguments and prints "<interfacename>: " before the results of printf. Since this is the primary form of printf calls in network device drivers and accounts for most uses of the ifnet menber if_unit, this significantly simplifies many printf()s.
2002-09-24 17:35:08 +00:00
int
if_printf(struct ifnet *ifp, const char * fmt, ...)
{
va_list ap;
int retval;
Replace the if_name and if_unit members of struct ifnet with new members if_xname, if_dname, and if_dunit. if_xname is the name of the interface and if_dname/unit are the driver name and instance. This change paves the way for interface renaming and enhanced pseudo device creation and configuration symantics. Approved By: re (in principle) Reviewed By: njl, imp Tested On: i386, amd64, sparc64 Obtained From: NetBSD (if_xname)
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
retval = printf("%s: ", ifp->if_xname);
Add a new helper function if_printf() modeled on device_printf(). The function takes a struct ifnet pointer followed by the usual printf arguments and prints "<interfacename>: " before the results of printf. Since this is the primary form of printf calls in network device drivers and accounts for most uses of the ifnet menber if_unit, this significantly simplifies many printf()s.
2002-09-24 17:35:08 +00:00
va_start(ap, fmt);
retval += vprintf(fmt, ap);
va_end(ap);
return (retval);
}
Add a new network interface flag, IFF_NEEDSGIANT, which will allow device drivers to declare that the ifp->if_start() method implemented by the driver requires Giant in order to operate correctly. Add a 'struct task' to 'struct ifnet' that can be used to execute a deferred ifp->if_start() in the event that if_start needs to be called in a Giant-free environment. To do this, introduce if_start(), a wrapper function for ifp->if_start(). If the interface can run MPSAFE, it directly dispatches into the interface start routine. If it can't run MPSAFE, we're running with debug.mpsafenet != 0, and Giant isn't currently held, the task is queued to execute in a swi holding Giant via if_start_deferred(). Modify if_handoff() to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. Modify 802.11 to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. This is intended to provide increased compatibility for non-MPSAFE network device drivers in the presence of Giant-free operation via asynchronous dispatch. However, this commit does not mark any network interfaces as IFF_NEEDSGIANT.
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
void
if_start(struct ifnet *ifp)
{
Remove IFF_NEEDSGIANT, a compatibility infrastructure introduced in FreeBSD 5.x to allow network device drivers to run with Giant despite the network stack being Giant-free. This significantly simplifies calls into ioctl() on network interfaces, especially in the multicast code, as well as eliminates deferred invocation of interface if_start routines. Disable the build on device drivers still depending on IFF_NEEDSGIANT as they no longer compile. They will be removed in a few weeks if they haven't been made MPSAFE in that time. Disabled drivers: if_ar if_axe if_aue if_cdce if_cue if_kue if_ray if_rue if_rum if_sr if_udav if_ural if_zyd Drivers that were already disabled because of tty changes: if_ppp if_sl Discussed on: arch@
2009-03-15 14:21:05 +00:00
(*(ifp)->if_start)(ifp);
Add a new network interface flag, IFF_NEEDSGIANT, which will allow device drivers to declare that the ifp->if_start() method implemented by the driver requires Giant in order to operate correctly. Add a 'struct task' to 'struct ifnet' that can be used to execute a deferred ifp->if_start() in the event that if_start needs to be called in a Giant-free environment. To do this, introduce if_start(), a wrapper function for ifp->if_start(). If the interface can run MPSAFE, it directly dispatches into the interface start routine. If it can't run MPSAFE, we're running with debug.mpsafenet != 0, and Giant isn't currently held, the task is queued to execute in a swi holding Giant via if_start_deferred(). Modify if_handoff() to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. Modify 802.11 to use if_start() instead of direct dispatch. This is intended to provide increased compatibility for non-MPSAFE network device drivers in the presence of Giant-free operation via asynchronous dispatch. However, this commit does not mark any network interfaces as IFF_NEEDSGIANT.
2004-07-27 23:20:45 +00:00
}
- bump __FreeBSD version to reflect added buf_ring, memory barriers, and ifnet functions - add memory barriers to <machine/atomic.h> - update drivers to only conditionally define their own - add lockless producer / consumer ring buffer - remove ring buffer implementation from cxgb and update its callers - add if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m) to ifnet to allow drivers to efficiently manage multiple hardware queues (i.e. not serialize all packets through one ifq) - expose if_qflush to allow drivers to flush any driver managed queues This work was supported by Bitgravity Inc. and Chelsio Inc.
2008-11-22 05:55:56 +00:00
/*
* Backwards compatibility interface for drivers
* that have not implemented it
*/
static int
if_transmit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct mbuf *m)
{
int error;
IFQ_HANDOFF(ifp, m, error);
return (error);
}
Move if_handoff() from an inline in if_var.h to a function to if.c in orden to harden the ABI for 5.x; this will permit us to modify the locking in the ifnet packet dispatch without requiring drivers to be recompiled. MFC after: 3 days Discussed at: EuroBSDCon Developer's Summit
2004-10-30 09:39:13 +00:00
int
if_handoff(struct ifqueue *ifq, struct mbuf *m, struct ifnet *ifp, int adjust)
{
int active = 0;
IF_LOCK(ifq);
if (_IF_QFULL(ifq)) {
_IF_DROP(ifq);
IF_UNLOCK(ifq);
m_freem(m);
return (0);
}
if (ifp != NULL) {
ifp->if_obytes += m->m_pkthdr.len + adjust;
if (m->m_flags & (M_BCAST|M_MCAST))
ifp->if_omcasts++;
Rename IFF_RUNNING to IFF_DRV_RUNNING, IFF_OACTIVE to IFF_DRV_OACTIVE, and move both flags from ifnet.if_flags to ifnet.if_drv_flags, making and documenting the locking of these flags the responsibility of the device driver, not the network stack. The flags for these two fields will be mutually exclusive so that they can be exposed to user space as though they were stored in the same variable. Provide #defines to provide the old names #ifndef _KERNEL, so that user applications (such as ifconfig) can use the old flag names. Using the old names in a device driver will result in a compile error in order to help device driver writers adopt the new model. When exposing the interface flags to user space, via interface ioctls or routing sockets, or the two fields together. Since the driver flags cannot currently be set for user space, no new logic is currently required to handle this case. Add some assertions that general purpose network stack routines, such as if_setflags(), are not improperly used on driver-owned flags. With this change, a large number of very minor network stack races are closed, subject to correct device driver locking. Most were likely never triggered. Driver sweep to follow; many thanks to pjd and bz for the line-by-line review they gave this patch. Reviewed by: pjd, bz MFC after: 7 days
2005-08-09 10:16:17 +00:00
active = ifp->if_drv_flags & IFF_DRV_OACTIVE;
Move if_handoff() from an inline in if_var.h to a function to if.c in orden to harden the ABI for 5.x; this will permit us to modify the locking in the ifnet packet dispatch without requiring drivers to be recompiled. MFC after: 3 days Discussed at: EuroBSDCon Developer's Summit
2004-10-30 09:39:13 +00:00
}
_IF_ENQUEUE(ifq, m);
IF_UNLOCK(ifq);
if (ifp != NULL && !active)
Remove IFF_NEEDSGIANT, a compatibility infrastructure introduced in FreeBSD 5.x to allow network device drivers to run with Giant despite the network stack being Giant-free. This significantly simplifies calls into ioctl() on network interfaces, especially in the multicast code, as well as eliminates deferred invocation of interface if_start routines. Disable the build on device drivers still depending on IFF_NEEDSGIANT as they no longer compile. They will be removed in a few weeks if they haven't been made MPSAFE in that time. Disabled drivers: if_ar if_axe if_aue if_cdce if_cue if_kue if_ray if_rue if_rum if_sr if_udav if_ural if_zyd Drivers that were already disabled because of tty changes: if_ppp if_sl Discussed on: arch@
2009-03-15 14:21:05 +00:00
(*(ifp)->if_start)(ifp);
Move if_handoff() from an inline in if_var.h to a function to if.c in orden to harden the ABI for 5.x; this will permit us to modify the locking in the ifnet packet dispatch without requiring drivers to be recompiled. MFC after: 3 days Discussed at: EuroBSDCon Developer's Summit
2004-10-30 09:39:13 +00:00
return (1);
}
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
void
if_register_com_alloc(u_char type,
if_com_alloc_t *a, if_com_free_t *f)
{
KASSERT(if_com_alloc[type] == NULL,
("if_register_com_alloc: %d already registered", type));
KASSERT(if_com_free[type] == NULL,
("if_register_com_alloc: %d free already registered", type));
if_com_alloc[type] = a;
if_com_free[type] = f;
}
void
if_deregister_com_alloc(u_char type)
{
Fix KASSERT conditions in if_deregister_com_alloc().
2006-06-11 22:09:28 +00:00
KASSERT(if_com_alloc[type] != NULL,
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
("if_deregister_com_alloc: %d not registered", type));
Fix KASSERT conditions in if_deregister_com_alloc().
2006-06-11 22:09:28 +00:00
KASSERT(if_com_free[type] != NULL,
Stop embedding struct ifnet at the top of driver softcs. Instead the struct ifnet or the layer 2 common structure it was embedded in have been replaced with a struct ifnet pointer to be filled by a call to the new function, if_alloc(). The layer 2 common structure is also allocated via if_alloc() based on the interface type. It is hung off the new struct ifnet member, if_l2com. This change removes the size of these structures from the kernel ABI and will allow us to better manage them as interfaces come and go. Other changes of note: - Struct arpcom is no longer referenced in normal interface code. Instead the Ethernet address is accessed via the IFP2ENADDR() macro. To enforce this ac_enaddr has been renamed to _ac_enaddr. - The second argument to ether_ifattach is now always the mac address from driver private storage rather than sometimes being ac_enaddr. Reviewed by: sobomax, sam
2005-06-10 16:49:24 +00:00
("if_deregister_com_alloc: %d free not registered", type));
if_com_alloc[type] = NULL;
if_com_free[type] = NULL;
}
Reference in New Issue Copy Permalink